Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Gold Fields

Gold Fields

gfi · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker gfi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Gold Fields
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Integrated Annual Report 2019

Delivering
value  
for a 
sustainable 
future

G

o

l

d

F

i

e

l

d

s

I

n

t

e

g

r

a

t

e

d

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

 
 
 
 
 
Delivering value for a 
sustainable future

Gold Fields is a globally diversified gold producer with nine operating mines in Australia, Peru, South Africa and West Africa (including the Asanko 
JV), as well as one project in Chile. We have total attributable annual gold-equivalent production of 2.2Moz, attributable gold-equivalent Mineral 
Reserves of 51.3Moz and Mineral Resources of 115.7Moz. Our shares are listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) and our American 
depositary shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

The cover photo of our 2019 Integrated Annual Report (IAR) shows the first three gold doré bars poured at our 
Gruyere mine on 30 June 2019. The pouring of the gold bars signalled the commencement of production at 
Gruyere, a 50/50 joint venture with ASX-listed Gold Road Resources. By end-December 2019, the mine was 
running at full capacity.

NAVIGATING OUR IAR

Our stakeholders

Government

Workforce

Business

Capital providers

Communities

A

Identifies information that has been assured

Further information available online

00

Further reading within this report

linkedin.com/company/gold-fields

business.facebook.com/GoldFieldsLTD

@GoldFields_LTD

instagram.com/goldfields_ltd/

2
1
-
1
0

7
3
-
3
1

0
6
-
8
3

OUR BUSINESS

Where Gold Fields operates
Our business model
Value creation for our stakeholders
Risks and materiality

GOVERNANCE

Vision of the Chairperson
Our Board of Directors
Summarised corporate governance

CEO REPORT

Introduction and overview
Our operating environment
Our 2019 performance
CEO 2019 BSC
Group 2020 BSC

Performance against material matters
Our shareholders
Our employees
The environment
Our communities and governments

04
06
08
10

16
18
21

26
28
30
35
36

38
58
66
75

In this section, we provide an overview 
of our portfolio of operations, our 
business model and how we created 
value for our stakeholders during the 
year. We also explain the Group and 
regional risks arising from the operating 
environment.

This section includes the vision of the 
Chairperson, which provides an overview 
of Gold Fields’ performance during 2019. 
It also introduces our Board of Directors, 
and summarises how corporate 
governance adds value to our business.

The CEO Report provides a detailed 
account of our 2019 performance 
against the backdrop of our operating 
environment. We summarise the 
performance of our CEO against his 
scorecard, and explain our Group 2020 
strategy. The CEO also discusses the 
material matters impacting our key 
stakeholders – our shareholders, our 
employees, our communities and 
governments, as well as our impact 
on the environment.

Send us your feedback
We value your feedback. To ensure that we report on issues 
that matter to our stakeholders, please provide any feedback 
and questions to investors@goldfields.com or 
sustainability@goldfields.com, or visit 
www.goldfields.com to download the feedback form.

ASSURANCE

0
0
-
0
0

First Party: Internal Audit statement
Independent Assurance Reports to the 
Directors of Gold Fields
Key sustainability performance data
Administration and corporate 
information

89

90

92

IBC

Internal and external assurance is 
provided over selected sustainability 
data included in the IAR. Our 
independent auditor’s report, which 
provides assurance on our 
consolidated financial statements, 
is included in our Annual Financial 
Report

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This IAR contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act) and section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(the Exchange Act) with respect to Gold Fields’ financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities for existing services, plans 
and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes”, 
“estimates”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “aims”, “continues”, “expects”, “hopes”, “may”, “will”, “would” or “could” or, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology. 

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to the future business prospects, revenues and income of Gold Fields, wherever they may occur in this IAR, are necessarily 
estimates reflecting the best judgement of the senior management of Gold Fields and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested 
by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this IAR. Gold Fields 
undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of 
unanticipated events. 

Refer to the full forward-looking statements on www.goldfields.com.

ABOUT THIS REPORT

OUR REPORT’S STAKEHOLDER FOCUS
The aim of our integrated reporting is to enable our stakeholders, including investors, to make a more informed 
assessment of the value of Gold Fields as well as its long-term prospects. By structuring the Gold Fields’ 2019 IAR 
around what we believe are the material matters facing the Group (p14), we seek to articulate how we unlock value for 
stakeholders and how we strive to mitigate the adverse impacts of mining.

Gold Fields’ IAR was compiled to comply with the GRI Standards: Core option and the International Integrated Reporting Council’s 
(IIRC’s) Reporting Framework (IIRC  Framework). We embrace integrated thinking, and therefore take an integrated approach 
to value creation. We also reference a broad range of additional codes, frameworks and standards, including the King IV Report on 
Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016 (King IV). The full list can be found on p03 in our Annual Financial Report (AFR). On 
occasion we use non-International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) measures in the IAR. These have been defined in the 
management’s discussion and analysis of the financial statement section of the AFR (p66 – 126).

Given our commitment to sustainable development, we believe Gold Fields also makes an important and lasting contribution 
towards the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). To this end, we seek to collaborate with partners to enable 
lasting social and economic progress that supports an end to poverty, protects the planet and ensures growth in prosperity. Details 
of our commitment to the relevant SDGs can be found on our website www.goldfields.com/sustainability.

ICMM AND GRI COMPLIANCE 
The IAR forms part of our adherence to the Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI) Standards and the reporting requirements 
of the International Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) 
Sustainable Development Framework. Our self-assessment 
of adherence with the ICMM Principles and Position 
Statements is presented online. We also align with the 
10 Principles of the United Nations Global Compact. 

Gold Fields complies with the ICMM Sustainable 
Development Framework, Principles, Position Statements 
and Reporting Requirements (see p90 – 91 for the assurance 
hereof). Compliance with the ICMM is addressed throughout 
this report and on our website. This detail covers:
•  The alignment of sustainable development policies against 
the ICMM 10 principles and mandatory position statements

•  The process for identifying specific sustainable 

development risks and opportunities

•  The existence and implementation of systems and 

approaches for managing sustainable development risks 
and opportunities

•  Gold Fields’ performance across a selection of identified 
material sustainable development risks and opportunities

We consider that this IAR, together with additional 
documents available on our website, complies with the 
requirements of the GRI Standards.

Disclosures in accordance with the GRI Standards can be accessed at  
www.goldfields.com>sustainability

ASSURANCE
ERM Southern Africa (ERM) provided independent reasonable assurance over 
selected sustainability information in this report, which is prepared in accordance 
with the GRI Standards: Core option. As a member of the ICMM, we are committed to 
obtaining assurance in line with the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework: 
Assurance Procedure. ERM has provided assurance over our statement on 
compliance with the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, Principles and 
Reporting Requirements. The key sustainability performance data assured by ERM in 
2019 can be found on p90 – 96.

During the Assurance process, ERM provided observations on Gold Fields’ processes 
(see p91 and p93). Gold Fields has either implemented or is in the process of 
addressing these observations.

THE 2019 IAR SUITE

Our 2019 IAR suite comprises the following reports:

Integrated Annual Report
Our primary report and details of the Group’s value creation 
story over the short, medium and long term
Our online IAR portal, which can be accessed at 
www.goldfields.com/integrated-annual-reports.php

Annual Financial Report
AFR, including the Governance Report: Our full 
Corporate Governance Report, Board and Board committee 
reports, Directors’ Report, Remuneration Report and our 
Annual Financial Statements, fulfilling our statutory 
financial reporting requirements

Mineral Resources and Mineral  
Reserves Supplement
Detailed technical and operational information on our mines 
and growth projects

Climate Change Report 2019
Our Climate Change Report in alignment with the 
recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

GRI Content Index 2019
The IAR is compiled to comply with the GRI Standards: 
Core option

Notice of Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The resolutions to be tabled to shareholders at our 
Annual General Meeting

The Notice of AGM will be posted to shareholders by 
end-April 2020

01

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ABOUT THIS REPORTABOUT THIS REPORT continued

OUR REPORT SCOPE AND BOUNDARY
This IAR provides an overview of our nine operations (including our Asanko JV) in Peru, Australia, South Africa and West Africa and 
one project in Chile for the financial year 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019. Any material events after 31 December 2019 and 
up to Board approval date of 30 March 2020 have also been included. Details on the exact locations of our operations and project 
can be found on p04 – 05.

The term “attributable” relating to production and Mineral Reserves and Resources refers to 100% of our mines and projects as 
well as Damang (90%), Tarkwa (90%), Gruyere (50%), Asanko (45%) and Far Southeast (40%). The exception is attributable Mineral 
Reserves and Resources at South Deep (91%). The term “managed” relating to production and Mineral Reserves and Resources 
refers to 100% of our mines and projects, as well as Gruyere (50%), Asanko (50%) and Far Southeast (40%). The net debt:EBITDA 
ratios mentioned in the IAR refer to adjusted EBITDA, while all Group and mine All-in sustaining costs (AISC) have been presented 
in terms of the original interpretation.

Non-financial data for 2019 only covers our eight operating mines, including Gruyere from 1 May onwards, but excludes our 
non-managed Asanko JV and the Salares Norte project. Where relevant, data from Darlot (which was sold in 2017) is included for 
the period January to October 2017. 

Average exchange rates for 2019 of R14.46/US$1 and US$0.70/A$1 (2018: R13.20/US$1 and US$0.75/A$1; 2017: R13.33/US$1 
and US$0.77/A$1) have been used in this report. For 2020, we used forecast exchange rates of R14.50/US$1 and US$0.69/A$1.

REPORTING BOUNDARY FOR THE IAR

Financial Reporting Boundary

JOINT VENTURES

SUBSIDIARIES

INVESTMENTS 

Risks – Opportunities – Outcomes in terms of the IIRC  Framework

Government

Workforce

Business  
Partners, suppliers, contractors

Capital Providers

Communities

BOARD APPROVAL
The Gold Fields Board of Directors acknowledges its responsibility to ensure the integrity of this IAR and has applied its collective mind 
throughout the preparation of this report. The Board considers that this IAR complies in all material respects with the relevant statutory 
requirements of the various regulations governing disclosure and reporting by Gold Fields and that the Annual Financial Statements 
comply in all material respects with the South African Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended, as well as with IFRS. 

As such, the Board unanimously approved the content of the 2019 IAR, including the 2019 AFR, and authorised its release on 
30 March 2020. 

Cheryl Carolus

02

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Our business

THE GOLD FIELDS VISION
Our Vision is to be the global leader in sustainable gold mining

THE GOLD FIELDS VALUES
In pursuit of our vision, we operate through a set of values that encompass who we are, what we do and how we work.

SAFETY
If we cannot mine safely, 
we will not mine

INTEGRITY
We act with honesty, 
fairness and 
transparency

RESPECT
We treat all stakeholders 
with trust, dignity and 
respect

DELIVERY
We strive for excellence 
and do what we say we 
will do

INNOVATION
We encourage 
innovation and an 
entrepreneurial spirit

RESPONSIBILITY
We responsibly manage 
our impact on the 
environment and host 
communities

•  Where Gold Fields operates 
•  Our business model 
•  Value creation for our stakeholders 
•  Risks and materiality 

p04
p06
p08
p10

Access roads to our pit at the Cerro Corona mine in Peru

03

WHERE GOLD FIELDS OPERATES

Ghana

Peru

Chile

Gold Fields is a 
globally diversified 
gold producer 
operating nine 
mines in Australia, 
Ghana, Peru and 
South Africa as 
well as one project 
in Chile, 
with total attributable annual 
gold-equivalent production of 
2.20Moz.  

GROUP OVERVIEW

AMERICAS

Mines Nine mines in Peru, South 
Africa, Australia and Ghana (incl. 
45% of Asanko)
Project One project in Chile

Safety (TRIFR) (one fatality)
2.19
Workforce
5,655 employees and 12,001 
contractors  
Managed production (koz) 
2,195
All-in costs (AIC) (US$/eq-oz) 
1,064
Net cash-flow (US$m)1 
249
Gold-eq Mineral Resources (Moz) 
148.70
Gold-eq Mineral Reserves (Moz)
55.20

Mine Cerro Corona in Peru – 
copper, gold – open pit mine
Project Salares Norte in Chile – 
gold, silver deposit
Safety (TRIFR) 
1.26
Workforce
545 employees and 2,862 
contractors
Managed production (koz) 
293
AIC (US$/eq-oz) 
810
Net cash-flow (US$m)1 
86
Gold Mineral Resources (Moz) 
6.13
Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)
5.03

04

Read more on p47

Read more on p48

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019South Africa

Contribution to Group managed production

13%

37%3

10%

40%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa

Australia

WEST AFRICA

SOUTH AFRICA

AUSTRALIA

Mines Tarkwa, Damang and 
Asanko Gold (50/50 JV) in Ghana – 
open pit mines

Mines South Deep – 
underground mine

Safety (TRIFR)2 
0.57
Workforce2
1,046 employees and 6,198 
contractors 

Managed production (koz)3 
840
AIC (US$/oz)3 
1,039
Net cash-flow (US$m)1,2 
245
Gold Mineral Resources (Moz)4 
18.76
Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)4 
8.43

Safety (TRIFR) (one fatality)
3.12
Workforce
2,310 employees and 1,674 
contractors

Managed production (koz) 
222
AIC (US$/oz) 
1,259
Net cash-flow (US$m)1 
15
Gold Mineral Resources (Moz) 
60.13
Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz) 
32.82

Mines St Ives, Granny Smith, Agnew 
and Gruyere (50/50 JV) – open pit 
and underground mines
Safety (TRIFR) 
6.50
Workforce
1,657 employees and 1,265 
contractors

Managed production (koz) 
914
AIC (US$/oz) 
986
Net cash-flow (US$m)1 
206
Gold Mineral Resources (Moz) 
18.54
Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz) 
6.93

Read more on p50

Read more on p48

Read more on p49

1  Net cash-flow from operating activities less net capital expenditure, environmental payments, lease payment and redemption of Asanko preference shares. 
For 2019 Gold Fields Group net cash-flow excludes Gruyere project capital expenditure of US$67m and Damang project capital expenditure of US$71m.

2 Excludes 45% of Asanko Gold.    3 Includes 45% of Asanko Gold.    4 Includes 50% of Asanko Gold.

05

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR BUSINESSOUR BUSINESS MODEL

Gold Fields has firmly positioned itself as a globally diversified gold mining company with a portfolio characterised by 
mechanised underground and open-pit mines.

Through an active portfolio management 
approach throughout the mine lifecycle, 
we build a strong and diversified global portfolio 
of mines and projects by focusing on the following 
elements:

Acquiring or developing lower-cost (than Group average) longer life assets

Disposing of higher-cost, shorter-life assets that management believes can be 
better served by a company that has more time and resources to commit to them

Extending the life of current assets through near-mine brownfields exploration

Focusing on in-country opportunities to leverage off our existing footprint, 
infrastructure and skill set and capitalise on the experience we have gained from 
operating in these jurisdictions

Environmental stewardship, through which we protect and enhance relationships 
between our operations and communities in close proximity

OUTCOMES FOR THE BUSINESS AND STAKEHOLDERS  

DURING 2019

Human Capital

Natural Capital

Financial Capital

+ US$395m paid in salaries 

and benefits

+ Zero Level 3-5 

environmental incidents

+ US$12m spent on training 
and development
– One fatal incident

– Regression in TRIFR to 2.19

– 12 serious injuries

– 22.3GL water withdrawn, 
with 68% of water recycled 

– 12,498TJ of energy 
consumption

– 1.94m tonnes of CO2 

emissions

– 141Mt of total material 

moved

– 48Mt of tailings waste

+

All mines, except for South 
Deep, implemented at least 
78% of their progressive 
rehabilitation plans

+ US$552m in mine cash-flow

+ US$162m paid in interest 

and dividends

+

Decrease in net debt to 
US$1,331m (2018: 
US$1,687m)

+ JSE share price up 94%; 
NYSE share price up 88%

+

Total dividend of R1.60/
share declared, up 4x from 
2018

+ US$436m in gross mining 

closure liabilities

INPUTS

Human Capital
Our 5,655 employees and approximately 
12,000 contractors (at end-2019) provide 
the manpower and skills that support the 
delivery of our immediate and long-term 
strategic objectives.

Natural Capital
Water and energy are critical to our mining 
and processing activities, while access to 
land enables us to extract gold and copper 
resources.

Social and Relationship Capital
The quality of the relationships we have with 
our stakeholders, who have a substantial 
influence on our ability to create value, are 
integral to our licence to operate. Furthermore, 
the support from our host communities and 
relationships with governments are critical to 
our long-term sustainability.

Financial Capital
We depend on banks, shareholders and 
bond-holders to provide the financial capital 
we require to expand our operations, thereby 
ensuring our long-term sustainability.

Manufactured Capital
Contractors and suppliers supply the 
manufactured capital, including goods and 
services, needed for the development and 
sustainability of our operations.

Intellectual Capital
The intellectual input of our people and 
partners inform the development of 
strategies, the efficient use of machinery 
and the management of key business 
risks. We are further supported by a 
strong ethos of good governance, which 
underpins everything we do.

06

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019▼

EXPLORATION

MINE CLOSURE

DEVELOPMENT

Gold Fields manages its 
business with the aim of 
continually improving the quality 
of its portfolio and, ultimately its 
cash-flow generation

PROCESSING

MINING

OUTCOMES FOR THE BUSINESS AND STAKEHOLDERS  

DURING 2019

+

+

–

–

–

OUTPUTS

2,195Moz

of attributable gold-eq production (p47) 

31.2kt

attributable copper produced (p48)

141Mt

mining waste (p73)

1.94Mt

CO2-e emissions (p69)

48Mt

of tailings waste (p72)

+ Positive outcomes   
– Negative outcomes 

Social and Relationship Capital

Manufactured Capital

Intellectual Capital

+ US$22m invested in projects that benefit 

our host communities

+ Nine operating mines 

(including our Asanko JV)

+ Renewable energy introduced at Agnew 

and Granny Smith

+ Employment for 9,269 members of our 

host communities (55% of total workforce)

+

US$635m spent on host community 
enterprises (34% of total procurement 
costs)

+ 20% of our workforce are women

+ US$254m paid to governments in taxes 

and royalties

– 77 community grievances (improvement 

from 127 in 2018)

+

+

+

Salares Norte in Chile 
progressed to successful 
construction decision

Invested US$86m in 
near-mine exploration 
(incl. Salares Norte)

Gruyere attained commercial 
production at the end of 
September 2019

+ Damang Reinvestment project 
in Ghana nearing completion

+ Drones deployed at Tarkwa and Damang 

to conduct remote surveying

+

+

Granny Smith, South Deep and St Ives 
improved their people and equipment 
tracking systems

Continued investment in South Deep, 
South Africa’s largest bulk, mechanised, 
underground gold mine

+ Fibre networks installed underground in 

certain operations

07

 Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR BUSINESSVALUE CREATION FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Our aim of delivering on our strategy is informed by our drive to create value for our stakeholders.
TOTAL AND NATIONAL VALUE DISTRIBUTION

National value distribution by 
region and type 2019 (US$m)

Government Business

Employees

Socio-
economic
 spend

Capital 
providers

National value 
distribution

Americas
Australia
South Africa
West Africa 
Corporate

Total Gold Fields

60
80
21
109
2

254

182
758
187
614
3

1,744

42
133
92
68
60

395

6
1
22
13
0

22

5
12
7
5
133

162

295
984
290
810
198

2,577

1 South Deep does not yet pay income tax as it is in a loss-making position
2 This includes spending from the South Deep trusts and SLP commitments

Value distribution per region

11%

34%

17%

15%

23%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa
● Corporate

PAYMENTS INCLUDE 
Salaries and wages, benefits and bonuses. 

US$395m

paid in salaries and benefits

55%

host community employment

VALUE CREATED 
•  Competitive salaries with a strong performance-based component
•  Improved business processes, operational efficiencies and productivity
•  Modern working practices, such as flexible work options

Value distribution per region

PAYMENTS INCLUDE 
Socio-economic development (SED) spending.

27%

5%

9%

59%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa

US$22m

in terms of SED investment

US$27m

Damang-Tarkwa road completed, 
our largest community investment 
project to date

VALUE CREATED 
•  Jobs and supply opportunities through host community procurement
•  Maximise local opportunities through host community employment 
•  Building skills base in the community through education and bursaries
•  Invest in the community across services, including health and education, 

enterprise development and infrastructure

08

EMPLOYEESCOMMUNITIESGold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Value distribution per region

3%

8%

2%
3%

84%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa
● Corporate

Value distribution per region

1%

10%

35%

11%

43%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa
● Corporate

PAYMENTS INCLUDE 
Interest and dividend payments.

US$162m

to the providers of debt and equity 
capital

US$356m

reduction in net debt

VALUE CREATED 
•  Funding the development, maintenance and growth of our operations and overall 

business to ensure the sustainability of Gold Fields

•  Share price improvements offering a return on capital invested

PAYMENTS INCLUDE 
Operational and capital procurement.

US$1.74bn

paid to suppliers and contractors

34%

of mine operational and capital spend 
(excluding utilities) is with host 
community firms 

VALUE CREATED 
•  96% of total procurement spend is from businesses based in our operating 

countries

•  US$635m of total procurement spend by our mines – 34% of total – was spent on 

suppliers and contractors from our host communities

•  All suppliers and contractors are included in Gold Fields’ health and safety 

management systems

Value distribution per region

PAYMENTS INCLUDE 
Mining royalties and land-use payments, taxes, duties and levies.

3%

23%

42%

31%

1%

● Americas
● Australia
● South Africa
● West Africa
● Corporate

US$254m

paid in taxes and royalties

US$2m

paid to the Ghana government in 
dividends relating to its 10% stake 
in each of Damang and Tarkwa

VALUE CREATED 
•  Over 96% of the value created remains in the countries of operation
•  Royalty payments target infrastructure improvements in mining areas

09

GOVERNMENTSBUSINESSCAPITAL PROVIDERSGold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR BUSINESSRISKS AND MATERIALITY

HOW GOLD FIELDS MANAGES RISK
The approach to assessing risk in Gold Fields is a collective effort by Group, regional and mine management of the 
risks facing the business. The assessments of the risks and their mitigating actions are a critical internal management 
tool, which reduce the identified risks significantly. Risk mitigations are included in the annual Group performance 
scorecard and cascaded down to the performance scorecard of management employees at regional and operational 
levels. The formal risk review process starts during management’s annual strategic planning sessions where strategic 
risks and macro-trends are analysed as part of developing the Company’s risk register and mitigating actions. These 
are reviewed and updated quarterly, and presented to the Board’s Risk Committee twice a year for verification.

We have used this basis to publish risk tables and heat maps in our IAR for the last 10 years. In addition to these 
risks, Gold Fields also recognises longer-term strategic and emerging risks to the business and adjusts its strategies 
accordingly. The current strategic risks – under the heading “Our operating environment” – are addressed by our CEO 
in his report on p26 – 34.

Top 20 Group risks and opportunities in 2019

1

GOLD/FOREX

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

6

SAFETY

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

A sustained lower 
gold price, and 
currency exchange 
rate volatility

•  Business restructuring and modernisation strategies to 

improve safety, efficiencies and costs

•  Business plans implemented and monitored through regular 

cost, capital and production reviews

•  Ongoing portfolio optimisation to support cash generation
•  Gold and copper production hedging in various regions

2

SOUTH DEEP

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

South Deep – 
sustainability of 
improvements made 
during the year, and 
further increases in 
production to 
underpin profitability 

•  Productivity initiatives gaining traction and improving 

performance metrics

•  People initiatives are improving employee engagement, 

with more opportunities for further improvement
•  Improved fleet performance by focusing on effective 

maintenance and operation of equipment

•  Short-, medium- and long-term power security strategies 

in place to supplement grid power

3

RESOURCE 
NATIONALISM

Resource nationalism/
Licence to operate 
– government, 
regulatory, social and 
environmental 
imposts

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

•  Enhanced engagement and lobbying through industry 

bodies

•  Implemented enhanced stakeholder engagement policies 

and strategies

•  Implementing South Deep’s 2018 – 2022 Social and 
Labour Plan (SLP) after obtaining regulatory approval

•  Conducted independent resource nationalism risk 

assessments in Ghana and Chile

4

R&R

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Replacing Resources 
and Reserves in 
Australia, Ghana and 
Peru

•  Comprehensive near-mine exploration programmes yielding 

favourable results

•  Bedding down successful mergers and acquisitions 

strategy, such as the Asanko JV in 2018

•  Damang Reinvestment continues ahead of plan, and 
Gruyere successfully commissioned in mid-2019
•  Salares Norte project feasibility study (FS) completed, 

construction approved

•  Successful exploration activities at Tarkwa to replace 

depleted reserves

5

MINING COSTS

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Rising mining costs

•  Mature monitoring and measuring process in place with 

monthly and quarterly business reviews

•  Business and productivity improvement processes and 

structures at all operations

•  Innovation and technology (I&T) and modernisation strategy 
•  Cost improvement programmes, including optimisation of 

labour efficiencies

10

Safety and health of 
our employees, 
including occupational 
illnesses

•  Established Group Safety Leadership forum
•  Initiated Courageous Safety Leadership (CSL) programme 

throughout the Group during 2019

•  Behaviour-based safety and visible-felt leadership 

programmes ongoing in all regions

•  All mines (except Gruyere) certified in terms of OHSAS 
18001 or ISO 45001. Remaining mines plan to convert 
to ISO 45001 by March 2021

•  Critical safety controls independently verified by third 

parties in all regions 

7

SKILLS

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Attraction and 
retention of skills

•  Fit-for-purpose regional and mine human resource (HR) 

structures to meet operational requirements

•  HR strategy focused on developing a high-performance 

culture

•  Succession planning and talent review systems in place 

at mine, regional and Group levels

•  Building line leader capabilities to enable strategic and 

operational focus and key deliverables

8

ENERGY

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Security of power 
supply and cost of 
energy

•  Implementing integrated energy and carbon management strategy
•  Completed hybrid power solution at Agnew and added solar 

power at Granny Smith

•  South Deep solar photovoltaic (PV) project advancement 
required for sustainable operation – engagement with 
SA government

•  Achieved energy certification in terms of ISO 50001 at 

Cerro Corona, Tarkwa and Damang. All mines to be aligned 
during 2020

•  Commissioned dedicated gas power plants at Granny Smith, 

Agnew, Gruyere, Damang and Tarkwa 
•  Entered into short-term oil price hedges

9

CLIMATE CHANGE

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Failure to implement 
climate adaptation 
measures

•  Baseline Climate Change Report 2018, aligned with the TCFD 
recommendations, published to improve climate disclosure
•  Regional climate change risks assessed every five years an 

adaptation plans updated

•  Evaluating feasibility for renewable energy at Salares Norte 

project in Chile

•  Roll-out of renewable energy initiatives at all our mines

10

CYBERCRIME

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Cybercrime/Loss of 
information and 
communication 
technologies data

•  Achieved ISO 27001 cybersecurity certification for 
corporate and regional offices, as well as all mining 
operations, in 2019

•  Installed operational technology (OT) cybersecurity 

monitoring platform to safeguard critical infrastructure

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report201920

m
u
m
x
a
M

i

I

Y
T
R
E
V
E
S

4

3

21

15

13

16
18

11

7 8 9 10

14

12

19

6

5

17

Minimum

PROBABILITY

Maximum

New risk
COVID-19

COVID-19 
(Coronavirus) 
pandemic

RISK MITIGATING ACTION

•  Adherence to country-specific regulations 

and protocols

•  Crisis management team activated at 
Group office and crisis management 
protocols at all mines implemented

•  South Deep mine on care and 

maintenance during South African 
lockdown period

•  Comprehensive hygiene awareness 
campaign including all preventative 
measures at all offices and mines

•  Imposition of travel ban for all company 
employees for business travel and 
self-quarantine for employees returning 
from international travel holidays

•  Limiting visits by international consultants 

and service providers to our offices 
and mines

11

DEBT

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

16

CHILE

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

High level of debt

•  Ongoing business optimisation and cash generation from 

operations

•  Extensions for maturity dates on revolving credit facilities 
and regular engagements with credit rating agencies and 
financial institutions

•  Completion of new bond offering
•  Successful equity raise for Salares Norte project
•  Refinancing Australian dollar debt

12

SOCIAL LICENCE

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Impact on social 
licence to operate 
and host community 
relations

•  Reviewing and enhancing artisanal and small-scale mining 

(ASM) strategy 

•  Significant enhancements to stakeholder engagement and 

community relations programmes 

•  Indigenous Peoples framework and strategy developed for 

approval and implementation in Australia

•  Ongoing community investment and Shared Value projects 

in Ghana, Peru, Australia and South Africa

13

WATER

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Water pollution, 
security and 
reduction in 
freshwater use

•  Group water management policy and strategy updated
•  Three-year regional water management plans developed 

and integrated with 2020 business plans

•  Water recycle, reuse and conservation practices in place in 

all regions, with targets achieved in 2019

14

GEOTECHNICAL

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Increased 
geotechnical risk 
underground and in 
open pits

•  Significant changes to the support system made at South 

Deep, including shotcrete in the de-stress ends, meshing of 
the advancing face in the de-stress ends, and anchoring the 
breakaways 

•  Ongoing implementation of the recommendations by the 

Geotechnical Review Board (GRB) relating to major project 
and pit cutbacks

•  Real time continuous pit wall monitoring in place as the 

Damang cutback is progressing 

•  Ground support upgraded for increasing depth and 

introduction of paste backfill at our Australian underground 
mines

•  Extraction sequence and mine design reviews at open pits 

in Australia

15

GHANA 
CONTRACTORS

Underperformance of 
mining contractors at 
Tarkwa and Damang

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

•  Advance capital approved to assist mining contractor with 

fleet replacement

•  Notice served on principal contractor at Damang

Political/social risks 
in Chile and impact 
on Salares Norte

•  Independent political and social risk assessments 
conducted and relevant recommendations being 
implemented

•  Building relationships with local governments and business 

organisations in Atacama

•  Prioritise employment of community members and local 

procurement of goods and services

•  Engagement with former Chilean Economy Minister and 

constitutional expert to assess the potential magnitude of 
future constitutional changes

•  Prepare scenarios of potential tax and royalty impacts

17

INFRASTRUCTURE

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Ageing infrastructure 
at older mines

•  Planned maintenance and condition monitoring 

programmes 

•  Critical and long lead time spares inventory and 

maintenance of critical spares 

•  Insurance risk engineering surveys and remedial action 

tracking 

•  Business continuity planning included in overall enterprise 

risk management process

18

EZULWINI

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Impacts of Ezulwini 
closure on South 
Deep

•  Detailed technical and legal arguments submitted to 

regulatory authority

•  Host of safety and other measures to ensure the safety of 

our people and to protect our asset

•  Maintain contact with Sibanye-Stillwater to ensure pumping 

measures are and remain in place

•  Robust legal strategy to challenge court application by 

Sibanye-Stillwater

•  Examining technical and commercial solutions for water usage

19

TECHNOLOGY

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Failure to modernise 
operations

•  Real time monitoring solutions that track movement of 

equipment, people and production

•  Programme in place for co-operation between original 

equipment manufacturers (OEMs), suppliers and ourselves
•  Modernisation strategy implementation to work towards a 

Gold Fields Mine of the Future

20

TSF

  MITIGATING ACTIONS

Tailings storage 
facilities’ (TSFs) 
failure

•  Our TSFs aligned with and assured against the ICMM position 

statement

•  Increased governance at the Company and Board level, 
including the appointment of an in-house TSF specialist
•  Participation and input into the new Global TSF standard 

through the ICMM

•  Accelerated dam break assessments, design compliances 
and updated emergency response procedures implemented

For how we determine our risks and materiality, see www.goldfields.com/risk-management-and-materiality.php

11

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR BUSINESSRISKS AND MATERIALITY continued

Top five risks per region in 2019

Americas

1

2

3

LIFE-OF-MINE
Life-of-mine extension at 
Cerro Corona

CHILE
Political and social risks in Chile 
and potential impact on Salares 
Norte project

GOLD/COPPER
Gold and copper price and 
exchange rate volatility

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Accelerate mining and 

stockpiling to facilitate early 
in-pit tailings

•  Feasibility Study completed 

during 2019, which confirmed 
mine life until 2030

•  Build-up of stocks to reduce risk 

of ore availability 

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Sound and mature performance 
monitoring processes and 
adjustments where required

•  Business and productivity 

improvement structures and 
processes in place

•  Gold and foreign exchange 

hedges to support Salares Norte 
project

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Engagement with key 

stakeholders, particularly 
government and communities
•  Engaging governments directly 
and indirectly through industry 
associations

• 

•  Thorough due diligence and 
approval process completed 
ahead of project
Independent resource 
nationalism risk assessments 
conducted and key 
recommendations being 
implemented

•  Latest political decision 

confirming new constitutional 
process in Chile reduced 
protests

m
u
m
x
a
M

i

I

Y
T
R
E
V
E
S

m
u
m
x
a
M

i

I

Y
T
R
E
V
E
S

2

4

1

3

5

Minimum

4

PROBABILITY

Maximum

5

SOCIAL LICENCE
Local social pressures, 
conflicts and community 
expectations ahead of elections 
in Peru

PERMIT DELAYS
Delay in granting sectoral 
permits related to the 
modification of environmental 
licence

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Proactive community and 
stakeholder engagement
•  Crisis management plans to 
address potential conflict
•  Stringent follow-up and 

feedback on all community 
commitments
Involvement of government 
authorities in social projects

• 

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Environmental Impact 

Assessment 8.8 approved in 
December 2019

•  Current 2020 business plan to 
be adjusted according to the 
current anticipated permit 
timetable

2

1

5

3 4

Australia

1

2

3

LIFE-OF-MINE
Reserve life at our Australia 
mines

OPERATIONAL DELIVERY
Delivery of operational plans

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Successfully completed 
Gruyere commissioning

•  Significant near-mine 

exploration to delineate further 
Reserves

•  Accelerated exploration 

intervention at Agnew ongoing

•  Acquisition of ground near 

St Ives through a joint venture

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Annual strategic and business 
planning process to generate 
realistic mine plans

•  Weekly, monthly and quarterly 
monitoring of performance and 
remediation if required
•  Rescheduling production at 
Granny Smith and St Ives

SKILLS
Turnover of key personnel and 
impact on operational 
performance

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Review and improvement of 
employee development 
programmes

•  Flexible working arrangements 
to facilitate greater work-life 
balance

•  Government skills import 
programme relaxed

•  Quarterly talent discussions held 
at regional leadership level with 
mid-year adjustments to critical 
roles

Minimum

4

PROBABILITY

Maximum

5

NATIVE TITLE
Native title and associated 
stakeholder relations

GRUYERE
Gruyere – enhance strong 
production start-up

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Management team bolstered for 
synchronisation and ramp up to 
nameplate production 

•  Dedicated resources allocated to 
ensure successful operation
•  Business performance in line 

with market guidance

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Stakeholder engagement 

strategies and programmes in 
place

•  Extend business opportunities 

and job placement to Indigenous 
people, where feasible

•  Finalisation of a holistic strategy 

• 

for Indigenous People 
Engagement
Implementation of the approved 
Reconciliation Action Plan
•  Ongoing legal strategy as 
back-up to engagement

12

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019m
u
m
x
a
M

i

I

Y
T
R
E
V
E
S

1

m
u
m
x
a
M

i

I

Y
T
R
E
V
E
S

1

4

5

1

2

3

Minimum

PROBABILITY

Maximum

South Africa

2

SKILLS

3

MINING COSTS

Unavailability of right skills to 
drive the execution of business 
plan

The impact of rising costs on 
operations and margins

4

5

SAFETY
Health and safety of our 
employees

ENERGY
Security of electricity supply 
and escalating costs

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Cost reviews with suppliers
•  Further focus on increasing 
production and cutting 
unnecessary costs 

MITIGATING ACTIONS
• 

Initiating the behaviour-based 
safety programmes (Vital 
Behaviours and CSL)
•  Ensure alignment with the 

OHSAS 18001 management 
system standard

•  Mine Occupational Safety and 
Health (MOSH) initiatives and 
adoption of best practices

•  Purposeful Visible Felt 

Leadership programmes 

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Accelerate implementation of 
energy efficiency initiatives
•  Mine is not running at full 

capacity – allows us to work 
around load-shedding schedules
•  Purchase of additional back-up 

diesel generators

•  South Deep solar PV project 
advancement required for 
sustainable operation – 
engagement with South African 
government

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Develop and implement effective 

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Career path development 

OPERATIONAL DELIVERY 

South Deep: Sustainability of 
improvements made in 2019, 
and further increases in 
production

and productive structures 
•  Establish an effective and 
sustainable management 
operating system to drive 
disciplined execution 

• 

•  Frontline productivity intervention 
to improve leadership level skills
Identify business improvement 
initiatives and drive 
implementation thereof
Implement strategy to further 
improve fleet reliability and 
utilisation

• 

•  Short-, medium- and long-term 
power security strategies in 
place 

programme (roles, responsibility 
and development plans in place)
•  Develop a personal development 

strategy plan for each 
department at South Deep, 
highlighting digital skills 
requirements 
Identify, develop and recruit 
successors for critical roles and 
manage skills gap in these rolls

• 

•  Robust talent management 

system

•  Training programmes developed 
according to defined strategy

1

2

4

3

5

Minimum

PROBABILITY

Maximum

2

3

4

RESOURCE NATIONALISM

GHANA CONTRACTORS

DAMANG

Resource nationalism – 
fiscal and government policy 
changes

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Frequent engagement with 
relevant government 
departments
Intensive engagement via the 
Ghanaian Chamber of Mines
•  Ensure adherence to principles 

• 

and conditions in our 
Development Agreement (DA) 
with the Ghana government
•  Legal strategies in addition to 
government engagement 
Independent resource 
nationalism risk assessment 
conducted with actions being 
implemented

• 

Underperformance of mining 
contractors

Execution of Damang 
Reinvestment project

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Advance capital approval for 

procurement of additional fleet 
including a third party 
maintenance contract in the 
long term

•  Notice served on principal 
contractor at Damang

MITIGATING ACTIONS
• 

Implementation and delivery of 
milestones under the 
reinvestment plan

•  Fit-for-purpose organisational 
structure and continuous 
improvement initiatives

•  Ongoing monitoring of contract 
mining milestones and strategic 
management of and support to 
contractors

•  Pit-wall control and de-risking 

by continuous implementation of 
geotechnical recommendations 

LIFE-OF-MINE
Reserve depletion at Tarkwa – 
inadequate organic growth and 
life-of-mine extension

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Continued brownfields 

exploration to test for further 
potential at Tarkwa

•  Modernisation programme to 
improve operational and 
processing efficiencies and drive 
a reduction in cut-off grades
•  Ensure utilisation of DA benefits 

for long-term exploration 
potential

•  Bringing the Asanko JV Mineral 
Reserves ounces to account, 
thus boosting the Reserves 
position for the region

West Africa

5

MINING COSTS
Rising mining costs

MITIGATING ACTIONS
•  Efficiency and productivity 

improvement by implementing a 
multitude of business 
intelligence and I&T initiatives

•  Cost leadership and cost 
containment programmes

13

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR BUSINESSOUR MATERIAL MATTERS 

Gold Fields materiality analysis and value drivers
Our materiality analysis identifies significant economic, 
environmental, social and governance factors that could 
substantively influence the decisions of shareholders and 
stakeholders regarding our ability to deliver our strategic objectives 
and value creation over the short, medium and long term. This 
analysis contributes to the Group’s development of its business 
plans and strategies.

Gold Fields conducts a materiality analysis every year, which is 
informed by our strategic and risk management processes, 
amongst other. In 2019, a Group steering committee focused its 
analysis on reconfirming the scope and boundaries of the analysis 
recognising the changing footprint of the business. Furthermore, 
we reconstructed our topics used for the materiality analysis from 
over 20 different internal and external sources of sustainability 
priorities relevant to our business. These included the ICMM 10 
Principles and eight Position Statements, the GRI Mining and 
Metals Sector Supplement, the UN Global Compact 10 Principles, 
investor environment, social and governance (ESG) focus areas, 
Gold Fields’ strategic priorities, internal risk management 

Material matters to Gold Fields and its stakeholders

outcomes and, importantly, external stakeholder engagement 
outcomes.

From this pool of sustainability topics, we identified 54 potentially 
material matters, which we further analysed to prioritise and rank 
them. This resulted in 14 material matters and an additional seven 
‘relevant’ topics for Gold Fields. A significant change, and 
improvement, in our 2019 analysis has been the prioritisation and 
ranking of material matters that are most important to Gold Fields, 
and those which are most important to our stakeholders. 

In identifying matters most important to our stakeholders, we 
utilised feedback from some of our routine engagements with key 
stakeholders, and materiality assessment interviews undertaken 
with stakeholders across our business in 2018. This was 
supplemented with additional interviews undertaken in 2019 and 
early 2020. As part of our materiality assessment and external 
stakeholder interviews, we identified an opportunity to diversify our 
external stakeholder engagement and further strengthen our 
diversity in materiality assessment interviews. 

The graphic below represents the outcomes of the 2019 
materiality assessment:

e
r
o
M

Material matters 
 Environment
 Social
  Economic and governance
 Other critical matters

4 Human rights

Direct and indirect 
socio‑economic benefits

Health and safety

7 Waste management

Environmental compliance

Labour practice

Environmental stewardship

3 Culture and heritage

1 Biodiversity

Water stewardship

Human capital

Energy and carbon 
management

2 Board governance

5 Materials stewardship 
and supply chain

Climate risk

Procurement practices

Social and geopolitical risk

Indigenous people

Corporate governance

s
s
e
L

Less

6 Mercury management

Tailings management

More

MATERIAL MATTERS FOR GOLD FIELDS

S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S
O
T
S
R
E
T
T
A
M
L
A
R
E
T
A
M

I

14

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019 
 
 
 
Governance

•  Vision of the Chairperson 
•  Our Board of Directors 
•  Summarised corporate governance 

p16
p18
p21

The gold plant at our new Gruyere mine in Australia

15

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GOVERNANCEVISION OF THE CHAIRPERSON 

Board approved a number of large 
projects that combined into a three-year, 
US$1bn investment programme to 
ensure that our portfolio of mines 
continue to generate cash sustainably 
into the foreseeable future. The 
investments the Company has made 
during this time were significant. We 
have essentially built two new mines 
– Gruyere in Australia and Damang in 
Ghana – bought 45% of the prospective 
Asanko mine in Ghana and have taken a 
greenfields project – Salares Norte in 
Chile – to a positive construction 
decision. There is also the continued 
investment in near-mine exploration at 
our Australian operations to secure their 
longevity. 

While the investments certainly were 
counter-cyclical, and criticised by some 
market participants, it has proved to be 
the right strategy for the Group, and we 
started to see early, but significant, 
benefits during 2019. In fact, I would 
consider 2019 the most successful in my 
tenure as Chairperson. For myself, the 

top achievement by our Company was 
the progress made at South Deep in 
South Africa. 

After a difficult 2018, in which we 
undertook a significant restructuring 
process, which resulted in reducing our 
workforce by a third, South Deep can 
now report material and steady progress 
towards sustainable growth. With costs 
cut by 31% and production up by over 
40%, South Deep stemmed its decade-
long cash burn in 2019 and contributed 
US$15m in net cash compared to an 
outflow of US$146m in 2018. As 
significant, the leadership team has 
managed to facilitate a new culture of 
performance at the mine, as exemplified 
by a 30% improvement in employee and 
fleet productivity. It truly is remarkable 
progress, and we are cautiously 
optimistic about further entrenching 
these developments during 2020.

I share our Chief Executive Officer’s 
(CEO’s) sentiment that our portfolio is 
now in a strong position to maintain 
sustainable production of 2.0Moz – 

Since the decline in the gold price in 
2013 – with a meaningful recovery only 
commencing in 2019 – the global gold 
mining industry has been in survival 
mode. This resulted in aggressive cost 
cutting, headed by sharp reductions in 
capital expenditure and exploration. 

Seven years on the industry appears 
significantly under-invested, which may 
result in declining gold production and 
increased costs in the future. The 
consolidation and acquisition activities in 
the industry during 2018 and 2019 were, 
we believe, a response to this under-
investment. In the coming years, gold 
miners will inevitably be forced to raise 
spending on new projects and 
exploration to merely maintain their 
production profiles at current levels. 
Notwithstanding this, we believe the 
years of under-investment will result in a 
decline in gold production in years to 
come.

I am pleased to say that Gold Fields 
went against the trend. With its strategic 
focus on organic growth, during late 
2016 and early 2017, the Gold Fields 

16

  “The cash generated by our mines enabled us to invest in the Company’s future growth, while also creating significant value for our key stakeholders”Cheryl CarolusGold Fields Integrated Annual Report20192.5Moz per year for the next 10 years. 
The Group has again exceeded its 
production and cost targets, and, aided 
by the stronger gold price, cash-flow 
from our mines totalled over US$550m. 
This enabled Gold Fields to exceed its 
financial targets for the year, funding the 
last phase of the investment programme 
while paying a meaningful dividend and 
repaying debt at the same time. The 
US$860m (in 2020 terms) construction 
of Salares Norte will also not put undue 
strain on the balance sheet, after we 
successfully raised US$249m in new 
equity on favourable terms as part of 
the funding solution for this project.

The cash generated by our mines has 
enabled us to invest in the Company’s 
future growth, while also creating 
significant value for our key stakeholders 
and paying off debt. During 2019, Gold 
Fields' total value distribution to our 
stakeholders amounted to US$2.6bn in 
the form of payments to governments, 
capital providers, business suppliers 
and our workforce. 

Over the past few years, Gold Fields 
particularly focused on strengthening 
relations with our host communities, 
whose partnerships are critical in 
sustaining our mines. Our efforts have 
seen good progress and our operations 
successfully improve the economic 
wellbeing of these communities through 
host community employment and 
procurement, as well as significant 
community investment projects. As a 
result, about a third of our total value 
creation during 2019, around US$782m, 
remained with our host communities. 

My optimism about the future of the 
Company is not only based on its sound 
operational and financial performance in 
2019, but also on its firm commitment to 
sustainability. This year, for the first time, 
Gold Fields reported no serious 
environmental incidents. We are also 
making early and successful forays into 
renewable energy at our Australian 
mines, thus further reducing our carbon 
footprint.

Above all, I have the utmost faith in the 
people of Gold Fields – our 
achievements would not be possible 
without them. While relatively young, the 
team is dedicated, hard-working and 
skilled. And, pleasingly, increasingly 
diverse. We strongly back a further 
increase in the diversity and gender 

representation in the workforce, which is 
captured in a formal diversity policy 
approved by the Board last year. 

We have made reasonable progress on 
diversity to date. Around 20% of our total 
workforce and management are now 
female, half of whom work in core mining 
activities. Furthermore, about half of 
management and technical positions at 
South Deep are held by Historically 
Disadvantaged South Africans (HDSA), 
while we also seek to reflect the diversity 
of the countries we work in among the 
workforce at all our mines. We aim to do 
better, but we believe this is a good first 
step as we seek to attract more women 
to our mines around the world and 
further entrench diversity among our 
workforce.

Our commitment to the safety and health 
of Gold Fields’ employees and the 
people impacted by our mines, 
particularly those from our host 
communities, remains the most critical 
part of our work. Turning to safety first, 
the Board shares management's 
commitment to eliminate all fatalities and 
serious injuries. Tragically, however, we 
recorded one fatality – that of Maria 
Ramela, a trackless crew leader at South 
Deep – and 12 serious injuries. We owe 
it to Maria and the countless other 
miners who have lost their lives over the 
years that we further intensify our efforts 
until we have achieved zero harm. During 
2019, we did however make significant 
improvements in our safety culture, 
systems and leadership, and we saw a 
decline in the number of serious injuries, 
as well as the severity of these injuries. 

When it comes to safety, occupational 
health and operational issues that have 
the potential to adversely impact our 
people and communities, the Board 
often gets more directly involved. For 
example, we have worked closely with 
management in ensuring that the 
governance and management of Gold 
Fields’ 34 tailings facilities are monitored 
regularly. This included mine visits to all 
facilities by a member of the Board. This 
issue has moved up the Board’s agenda 
following the tragic tailings failure at 
Brumadinho in Brazil during January 
2018, which took the lives of 270 
people. We have also actively 
participated with the International 
Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) in 

the formulation of new global tailings 
standards.

This year, the Board also welcomed the 
final court endorsement of the R5bn 
(US$380m) settlement reached between 
six gold mining companies, including 
Gold Fields, and attorneys representing 
ex-mineworkers suffering from Silicosis 
and Tuberculosis (TB). An independent 
trust is set to start paying out 
settlements around mid-2020. It cannot 
come soon enough for the thousands of 
affected ex-mineworkers and their 
relatives. 

Finally, and most critically at present, 
we fully support management’s proactive 
and comprehensive approach towards 
mitigating the impact of the Covid-19 
(coronavirus) pandemic on our people, 
as well as its full adherence to all relevant 
government regulations, culminating in 
the lockdown of many of the countries 
in which we operate. For further details 
see the CEO Report, p30.

During 2019, there were no changes to 
the Board or Executive Committee (Exco) 
of the Company. I am confident that we 
can maintain this stability and retain this 
team of dedicated, able men and 
women. Their experience, knowledge 
and commitment was undoubtedly a key 
reason for Gold Fields’ success in 2019. 
However, this does not absolve the 
Board from its critical duty to ensure 
succession for the most critical roles 
within the Company. Succession 
planning has moved up in the Board’s 
agenda over recent years, and we are 
applying our minds to ensure continuity 
when key members of the executive 
retire or leave.

I would like to end by thanking my fellow 
directors and Gold Fields’ executive 
leadership team along with the 
employees of this Company for their 
dedication and commitment to the 
sustainability of our business. The 
successes of 2019 are a tribute to them.

Cheryl Carolus
Chairperson

17

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GOVERNANCEOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS

As the highest governing authority of Gold Fields, the Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s 
adherence to sound corporate governance standards. Furthermore, the Board ensures that all business decisions are 
made with reasonable care, skill and diligence. 

During 2019, we had Board and Board committee attendance of 97%, which reflects our resolute commitment to 
effective governance and leadership. The full 2019 Board and Board committee attendance, as well as detailed 
curricula vitae (CVs) of the directors, are in the Corporate Governance Report included in our Annual Financial Report 
(AFR). For the Board and committee attendance record see p05.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

CHERYL 
CAROLUS  
(61)
Chairperson
BA Law; Bachelor of 
Education, University of 
the Western Cape; 
Honorary Doctorate in 
Law, University of Cape 
Town

Appointed to the Board: 
Director, 2009
Chairperson, 2013

RICHARD 
MENELL 
(64)
Deputy Chairperson
MA (Natural Sciences 
Geology), Cambridge; 
MSc (Mineral Exploration 
and Management), 
Stanford University, 
California
Appointed to the Board: 
Director, 2008 
Deputy Chairperson 2015, 
Lead independent director, 
2017

PHUTI 
MAHANYELE-
DABENGWA 
(49)
Independent non-
executive director
Executive Development 
Programme, Kennedy 
School of Government, 
Harvard University; MA 
Business Administration, 
De Montford University, 
Leicester; BA Economics, 
The State University of 
New Jersey

Appointed to the Board:  
2018

PAUL SCHMIDT 
(52)
Chief Finance Officer 
(CFO)

BCom, University of the 
Witwatersrand; BCompt 
(Hons), University of South 
Africa; CA(SA)

Appointed to the Board: 
Executive director, 2009 
CFO, 2009

TERENCE 
GOODLACE 
(60)
Independent non-
executive director
MBA (Business 
Administration), University 
of Wales; BCom, 
University of South Africa; 
NHDip (Metalliferous 
Mining), Witwatersrand 
Technikon; MDP, 
University of Cape Town

Appointed to the Board: 
2016

BOARD 
DIVERSITY 

BOARD 
INDEPENDENCE 

● White male
● Black male
● White female
● Black female

19%

9%

19%

54%

● Independent 

non-executive 
directors
● Executive 
directors

19%

81%

BOARD  
TENURE 

19%

36%

55%

● 0 to 2 years
● 3 to 6 years
● > 9 years 

18

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW
Along with good governance, our vision of being the global 
leader in sustainable gold mining depends on leadership that is 
ethical, accountable and transparent. Ensuring the we comply 
with relevant legislation and industry standards is just the start. 
Given the nature of our business, protecting and enhancing 
our reputation and social licence to operate is critical for 
ensuring sustainable value creation and the support of our key 
stakeholders. Seeing that we operate in social and political 

contexts that are often challenging, effective and ethical 
governance guides our employees at our mines and 
operations in five countries. 

In addition to the international standards and guidelines with 
which we voluntarily align (detailed on p03 of our AFR), we are 
committed to entrenching the principles of King IV throughout 
our business. The application of King IV within Gold Fields can 
be found in our full Corporate Governance Report (p14 – 16 of 
our AFR).

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

CARMEN LETTON 
(54)
Independent non-
executive director
PhD (Mineral Economics), 
University of Queensland; 
Bachelor Mining 
Engineering, WASM

Appointed to the Board: 
2017

PETER BACCHUS 
(51)
Independent non-
executive director
MA (Economics),  
Cambridge University

Appointed to the Board: 
2016

STEVEN REID 
(64)
Independent non-
executive director
BSc (Mineral Engineering), 
South Australian Institute 
of Technology; MBA, Trium 
Global Executive; ICD.D, 
Institute of Corporate 
Directors

Appointed to the Board: 
2016

NICK HOLLAND  
(61)
Chief Executive 
Officer (CEO)
BCom; BAcc, University of 
the Witwatersrand; CA(SA)

Appointed to the Board: 
Executive director, 1998
CEO, 2008

ALHASSAN 
ANDANI
(58)
Independent non-
executive director
BSc (Agriculture), 
University of Ghana; MA 
(Banking and Finance), 
Finafrica Institute in Italy

Appointed to the Board: 
2016

YUNUS SULEMAN
(62)
Independent non-
executive director
BCom, University of 
KwaZulu-Natal; BCompt 
(Hons), University of South 
Africa; CA(SA); CD (SA)

Appointed to the Board: 
2016

BOARD  
AGE 

9%

● 40 to 49 years
● 50 to 59 years
● > 60 years 

54%

37%

Experience (number of directors)

NATIONALITIES

● South Africa
● United Kingdom
● Ghana
● Australia

2

1

2

Development (social, infrastructure and training)
Management (including risk management)
Auditing and financial accounting
Finance, investment banking, mergers and acquisitions, commercial and capital projects
Mining and geology
Governance, compliance and corporate strategy

2

0

1

2

6

3

3

3

6
6

6

4

5

7

7

8

19

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GOVERNANCEOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS continued

The Board and its committees 

The Board of Directors
Meets four times per year

Risk Committee 
Meets twice per year

Chairperson: 
Cheryl Carolus

Chairperson: 
Peter Bacchus

The Board is the highest governing body of the Company, offering guidance as 
it oversees how the Group achieves its strategic objectives and deliver 
maximum value to its stakeholders. Our Board of Directors is a diverse group 
of competent, appropriately skilled and experienced individuals, who seek to 
govern with integrity, responsibility, authenticity, impartiality and transparency. 
Furthermore, our Board informs the ethical culture of the entire Group. It has 
delegated the responsibility of implementing Gold Fields’ Code of Conduct to 
management, who also ensures adherence thereof. Management also monitors 
how a culture of ethics is being cultivated within Gold Fields.

Nominating and Governance Committee
Meets four times per year

Members: Terence Goodlace, Carmen Letton, Yunus Suleman
The Committee assists the Board in developing and identifying the risks and 
opportunities facing the Company, improving effective risk management 
controls and ensuring consistent value creation for our stakeholders in an 
ever-changing risk environment.

Safety, Health and Sustainable Development (SHSD) 
Committee
Meets four times per year

Chairperson: 
Terence Goodlace

Chairperson: 
Cheryl Carolus

Members: Steven Reid, Rick Menell, Yunus Suleman
This Committee considers the structure and operation of Gold Fields’ Board 
and how this relates to effectiveness, and ensures a robust approach to the 
Company’s corporate governance. It also takes responsibility to ensure 
succession for directors and key executives and is involved in the recruitment 
of appropriately skilled managers.

Remuneration Committee
Meets four times per year

Chairperson: 
Steven Reid

Members: Cheryl Carolus, Alhassan Andani, Rick Menell,  
Peter Bacchus
The Committee assists the Board in ensuring that remuneration throughout 
the Group is fair and equitable, and that it supports Gold Fields’ strategic 
objectives. In particular, the Committee ensures that the remuneration of 
executive management is directly linked to Gold Fields’ performance, thereby 
protecting the investment by shareholders and the interest of other 
stakeholders by incentivising management to deliver value. 

Social, Ethics and Transformation (SET) Committee
Meets four times per year

Chairperson: 
Carmen Letton

Members: Cheryl Carolus, Rick Menell, Alhassan Andani, Nick Holland, 
Phuti Mahanyele-Dabengwa
This Committee guides and assists the Board in ensuring that it discharges its 
oversight responsibilities relating to social, HR and community matters, as well 
as stakeholder relationships. Furthermore, it holds the Company responsible for 
its interaction with communities and employees to help the business retain its 
social licence to operate — a critical component of long-term sustainability. 

Capital Projects, Control and Review Committee
Meets four times per year

Chairperson: 
Rick Menell

Members: Peter Bacchus, Terence Goodlace, Yunus Suleman, Steven Reid, 
Cheryl Carolus, Phuti Mahanyele-Dabengwa, Carmen Letton
This Committee considers and approves new capital projects and satisfies the 
Board that the Group has used correct, efficient methodologies in evaluating 
and implementing such projects.

20

Members: Cheryl Carolus, Rick Menell, Steven Reid, Carmen Letton,  
Phuti Mahanyele-Dabengwa
This Committee assists the Board to steer SHSD strategies, approve 
policies, monitors SHSD performance and ensures that the Company 
complies with relevant laws, regulations and external standards to ensure 
optimal safety, health and environmental practices, contributing to the 
Group’s reputation as a responsible corporate citizen. 

Audit Committee
Meets six times per year

Chairperson: 
Yunus Suleman

Members: Rick Menell, Alhassan Andani, Peter Bacchus
The Committee oversees the integrity and transparency of Gold Fields’ 
corporate reporting and accounting practices, and considers risks that may 
affect the integrity of external reports.

Ad-hoc Investment Committee

Chairperson: 
Peter Bacchus

Members: Alhassan Andani, Yunus Suleman, Steven Reid, Cheryl Carolus,  
Rick Menell
This Committee considers and makes recommendations to the Board on 
strategic organisational and structuring options for the Group, as and when 
required, to maximise shareholder returns sustainably.

Group Exco

Chairperson: 
Nick Holland

The Group Exco is primarily responsible for the implementation of Gold 
Fields’ strategy, as well as carrying out the Board’s mandate and directives. 
Meeting on a regular basis, Exco reviews the Company’s performance 
against set objectives, and develops strategies and policy proposals for 
consideration by the Board. It also assists the Board in the execution of the 
Company’s disclosure obligations. 

Exco consists of the principal officers and executive directors of Gold Fields 
– 12 members in total. The Exco members are profiled at 
www.goldfields.com/our-leadership.php.

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019SUMMARISED CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Key deliberations and decisions taken by the Board in 2019

STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED 
●  Meet guidance by following mine plans which align with 

strategic plans

●  Safely deliver strategic projects
● 
● 
● 

Improve the quality of our portfolio
Improve efficiencies and security of energy and water
Improve people capacity to deliver operation 
performance and Group strategy

●  Strengthen the Group’s robust and transparent 

governance and compliance programme 

  BOARD DELIBERATIONS 
●  Reviewed Gold Fields’ operational plans and strategies 
●  Deliberated on South Deep’s restructuring
●  Approved Salares Norte’s feasibility study (FS) and 
subsequent construction approval (February 2020) 

●  Oversaw Gruyere’s transitioning from project to 

production roll‑out

●  Approved the Group Water Position Statement and 

water strategy roll‑out

●  Approved Group diversity policy

STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED 
●  Manage balance sheet and maximise returns
●  Continue to reduce the Group’s net debt
Improve the return on invested capital
● 

  BOARD DELIBERATIONS 
●  Approved additional oil price and gold production 

hedges

●  Approved debt refinancing and extension of debt 

maturity

●  Approved sale of non‑strategic shareholdings

ORGANISATIONAL 
CAPACITY to 
deliver our 
strategy

FINANCIAL – 
to make money 
sustainably

Gold Fields 
Board

Build and 
maintain 
STAKEHOLDER 
support

  BOARD DELIBERATIONS 
●   Deliberated on increases in host 
community employment and 
procurement targets

●   Focused on social and economic  

developments in our host 
communities

●   Benchmarked Gold Fields’ environmental, social and 

governance (ESG) reporting and performance 

●   Approved following policy statements: Environmental,  
Occupational Health and Safety, Talent Management, 
Sexual Harassment and Social Media

●   Oversight over strategies on Indigenous People in 
Australia, Resettlement in Ghana and Resource 
Nationalism in Ghana

STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED 
● 

Increase the quality and quantity of engagement with 
key stakeholders

●  Drive Shared Value creation with impacted communities
Improve the Group’s reputation with key stakeholders
● 

INTERNAL 
BUSINESS 
PROCESSES to 
achieve safe 
production

BOARD DELIBERATIONS 
●   Oversaw the roll‑out of the 

courageous safety leadership 
programme

●   Approved the Group safety strategy
●   Approved new Materials and Sup‑
ply Chain Stewardship and Water 
Stewardship Policy Statements
●   Instituted quarterly tailings and geotechnical updates
●   Reviewed the causes of major internal and external 

safety and environmental incidents

STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED 
●  Eliminate all fatalities and serious injuries
●  Reduce Group life‑of‑mine costs and increase reserve 

life per region 

●  Deliver life extension, cost reduction, revenue 

enhancement and improved health and safety through 
innovation and technology and business improvement 
initiatives 

21

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GOVERNANCESUMMARISED CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

How Board governance adds value

SETTING FAIR REMUNERATION

SUPPORTING STRATEGY THAT DELIVERS 
VALUE AND SUSTAINABILITY

•  Determines remuneration principles in line with King IV
•  Ensures executive remuneration is fair, equitable and responsible, 
and informed by Exco’s achievement of Gold Fields’ strategic 
objectives

•  Ensures remuneration practices align with shareholder interests 

and support the achievement of a sustainable business by:
–  Helping to attract, motivate, retain and reward employees
–  Driving achievement of strategic objectives through incentives 

and rewards

•  Approves a remuneration policy that includes disclosures on 

implementation to ensure transparent reporting of CEO and CFO 
remuneration

•  Approves strategic goals and direction following Exco’s 

presentation of strategy, business plans and risk register for input

•  Ensures strategy drives a sustainable business agenda and 

considers the interests of stakeholders by balancing how risks 
and opportunities might impact the achievement of objectives

•  Agrees upon performance targets
•  Monitors implementation of strategy through quarterly Board 

meetings

•  Quarterly CEO reports on performance against operational targets
•  Performs on-site visits to operations and projects and, on 

occasion, interacting with individual executives on strategic and 
operational performance

DRIVING INCLUSIVE STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT

•  Approves stakeholder relationship and engagement policy to 

ensure that stakeholder engagement allows for collaborative and 
informed decision making

•  Oversees transparent reporting so stakeholder groups can make 

informed assessments of Gold Fields’ ability to deliver sustainable 
value

•  Drives ongoing evolution of inclusive stakeholder engagement 
and relationship building to balance the interests, needs and 
expectations of stakeholders with the best interests of the 
Company

BUILDING AN ETHICAL CULTURE

•  Upholds an ethos of good governance and sustainability
•  Sets the tone for a culture of ethics that underpins commitment to 
compliance, and voluntarily embrace leading practice standards 
and principles, where practical

•  Ensures business decisions are made with reasonable care, skill 

and diligence to protect reputation and maintain licence to operate
•  Promotes a culture of ethics and responsible corporate citizenship

CREATING A SAFE AND HEALTHY 
WORKING ENVIRONMENT

ENSURING REGULATORY COMPLIANCE 
AND SOUND GOVERNANCE

•  Upholds the primary value of “If we cannot mine safely, we will not 
mine”, thereby supporting the practice of stopping mining in areas 
or situations that are deemed unsafe

•  Supports minimising potential negative impacts on employees and 
contractors, maintaining operational continuity and protecting 
reputation

•  Together with management, drives a stringent safety and health 

culture 

•  Oversees adherence to safety, health and environmental 

legislations, standards and compliance requirements, and approves 
adoption of various voluntary leading safety principles

•  Ensures compliance with all relevant laws and regulations, and the 

highest levels of corporate governance

•  Supports Exco decisions to drive governance in line with leading 

practices

•  Reviews corporate governance systems and frameworks to align 

these with increasingly stringent regulatory standards

ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP AND IMPACT ON COMMUNITIES

•  Ensures alignment with good corporate citizenship, assessment and speedy response to any negative impacts operations may have on communities 

and the environment

•  Through the SET Committee, focuses on, among others, impact on communities, while the SHSD Committee deals with, inter alia, issues of 

environmental stewardship

22

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Ensuring we do business ethically 
THE STRUCTURES AND MECHANISMS USED TO DRIVE ETHICAL BUSINESS PRACTICE

The foundation of our business is based on strong ethics. Our Board, along with its committees, is responsible for setting the 
ethical tone which, in turn, cultivates a culture of integrity and transparent reporting to our stakeholders. From this foundation, we 
build trust with our stakeholders, allowing us to strengthen our reputation and create sustainable value. We have numerous 
mechanisms in place to help to ensure we conduct our business ethically, adhere to compliance requirements and entrench good 
governance within the business.

Legal and compliance

1

2

Audit and risk

We assess any legal, non-compliance and reputational 
risks facing the Company and mitigate these by 
enacting an effective governance and compliance 
framework, which encompasses mitigating controls.

During 2019, we:
•  Enhanced the annual profiling exercise relating to 

applicable laws and regulations, as well as non-binding 
rules, codes and standards Gold Fields adheres to

•  Enhanced the Group Governance and Compliance portal 

to include data privacy rules

•  Risk-screened 100% of all new and existing suppliers 

and contractors for a range of pre-defined risk categories
•  Analysed engagements with and commitments made to 
external stakeholders, as well as declarations filed in 
terms of the Group’s Code of Conduct

•  Extended operational audits by our Internal Audit function 

to include compliance-specific controls

The Risk Committee examines the key risks and 
opportunities facing the business and reports these to 
the Board twice a year. The Board aims for effective 
controls and corrective measures to manage and 
mitigate these risks. Furthermore, the Audit Committee 
seeks to ensure the integrity, accuracy, and adequacy 
of Gold Fields’ accounting records.

Internal Audit ensures that the necessary internal controls 
are in place to mitigate any potential risks in all regions. 
Our operations receive an audit ranking and, where 
necessary, corrective measures are put in place. 

The External Audit function assures the integrity, accuracy 
and adequacy of accounting records and corporate 
reporting. PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. was appointed as 
our auditors from 2019.

For more information on our Risk and Audit Committees, 
refer to p07 – 09 of the AFR.

Commitment to leading practice

3

4

Code of Conduct

We support the development of an ethical and 
responsible gold mining industry. Gold Fields is 
aligned to leading practices, which underpin our 
commitment to responsible corporate citizenship. 
We are committed to and guided by:

•  The legislation and regulations of the countries in which 

we operate 

•  The requirements of the JSE and NYSE
•  The United Nations (UN) Guiding Principles on Business 

and Human Rights 

•  The ICMM 10 Principles on Sustainable Development 

and eight position papers 

•  The 10 Principles of the UN Global Compact 
•  King IV
•  UN Convention Against Corruption 
•  The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and 

Development (OECD) Convention on Combating Bribery 

•  Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative
•  World Gold Council – Conflict Free Gold Standard
•  Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
•  Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 

(TCFD)

Our Code of Conduct takes into account Gold Fields’ 
values, and informs the way we conduct ourselves – 
from our operations to our Board. It also extends to our 
supply chain business partners. Updated in 2017, our 
Code of Conduct was distributed to all existing 
employees, while new employees receive it during their 
onboarding processes. As at end-2019, 85% of our 
people had undergone training on the Code of Conduct. 
We also have an anonymous tip-offs hotline in operation 
at all time and in all regions, and the Company takes a 
zero tolerance approach to intimidation and victimisation 
of those who report incidents.

Key principles of our Code of Conduct: 
•  Ethical leadership within the organisation, along with 

ethical management

•  Protection of employees and third-party whistleblowers, 
promoting an environment for reporting of transgressions
•  Safeguarding the business against potential reputational 

harm and litigation

•  Transparent and ethical dealings with government and 

suppliers

•  Protection of Company information
•  Accurate and transparent reporting
•  Safeguarding against insider trading

23

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GOVERNANCE2019 was the first 
year that we saw the 
real benefits of our

 US$1bn 

investment  
programme

A third of our total 
value creation of 
US$2.58bn 
was returned to 
communities

Loader and truck at our Tarkwa mine in Ghana

24

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO report and our 
performance against  
material matters

OUR MATERIAL MATTERS
This year, we underwent a comprehensive formal process to identify material matters. We identified the 
following six material matters and the CEO Report and subsequent content is structured around these 
material matters:
•  Asset portfolio management/maximisation
•  Improving operational performance/enhancing margins
•  Strengthening the balance sheet
•  Our employees
•  Responsible stewardship of natural resource
•  Supporting the development of sustainable communities

•  Introduction and overview 
•  Our operating environment 
•  CEO Report on 2019 performance 
•  CEO 2019 BSC 
•  Group 2020 BSC 
•  Material matters – Value creation for our shareholders   
•  Material matters – Managing, growing and protecting our employees   
•  Material matters – Our environment  
•  Material matters – Value creation for our communities and governments 

p26
p28
p30
p35
p36
p38
p58
p66
p75

25

CEO REPORT INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW

Dear stakeholders
Three years ago, Gold Fields embarked 
on a reinvestment programme that 
sought to create a portfolio of mines and 
projects that would ensure the Group’s 
long-term, safe and sustainable 
production profile. Our key motivation 
behind this investment drive was to 
ensure that our portfolio continued to 
generate cash sustainably into the 
foreseeable future by lowering All-in costs 
(AIC), extending mine life, while preserving 
a sound balance sheet. 

We believe that Gold Fields went against 
the grain by spending almost US$1bn on 
new projects over these past few years. 
Unlike many of our industry peers, who 
have been more focused on 
consolidation, mergers and acquisitions, 
Gold Fields focused internally. Since we 
embarked on the reinvestment 
programme, we essentially built two new 
mines – Gruyere in Australia and the 
Damang Reinvestment project in Ghana 
– and took Salares Norte – a greenfields 
project in northern Chile – to a positive 
construction decision. Looking to the 

future, we think the industry will need to 
return to greenfields exploration to find 
new projects to maintain longer-dated 
production profiles. 

Our portfolio is now in a strong position to 
maintain production of 2.0Moz – 2.5Moz 
per year for the next 10 years, of which 
well over 2.0Moz will be outside of our 
South African base. This is a level of 
production our mines in Ghana, Australia 
and Peru achieved for the first time in 
2019. 

For Gold Fields, the 2.0Moz – 2.5Moz 
range is our optimal annual production 
level as it allows us to maintain and grow 
our Mineral Reserves beyond annual 
depletion. In addition, we believe that a 
portfolio of no more than 10 mines is 
optimal, allowing management to properly 
focus on operations. 

2019 was the first year that we saw the 
real benefits of our US$1bn investment 
programme. We achieved increased 
production, lowered our costs and 
continued to maintain a strong balance 
sheet. With a vastly improved contribution 

from South Deep, the Group reported 
attributable gold equivalent production of 
approximately 2.20Moz (2018: 2.04Moz), 
again exceeding the upper end of the 
guidance range. 

AIC for 2019 amounted to US$1,064/oz, 
down 9% from 2018 and below guidance 
for the year. All nine mines generated 
cash during the year – US$552m in total. 
Taking into account the significant 
expenditure on growth projects, the 
Group generated cash-flow of US$249m, 
a significant swing of over US$371m on 
the net cash-outflow of US$122m in 
2018.  

The Board’s decision in February 2020 
to go-ahead with our Salares Norte 
project in northern Chile – at a project 
capital cost of about US$860m in 2020 
terms – will further strengthen our 
production profile. Once completed, 
Salares Norte is expected to add 450koz 
gold-equivalent production a year for the 
first seven years at AIC of US$465/oz, 
one of the lowest in the industry. The 
successful equity raise of US$249m, 

26

  “Our portfolio is now in a strong position to maintain production of 2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per year for the next 10 years”Nick HollandGold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019•  We are investing in improved water 

management practices, reducing the 
amount of water used in our processes 
and recycling 68% of our water use 
(more information on p71)

•  The technical management and 

governance oversight of our 34 tailings 
storage facilities (TSFs) have been 
bolstered, and we are working with our 
peers in the ICMM to strengthen 
tailings dam standards

•  During 2019, we continued investing 

significant resources in our host 
communities, including increasing the 
share of jobs and procurement 
allocated to them. As a result, 33% of 
our total value creation of US$2.58bn 
was returned to communities via jobs, 
procurement and investments

During 2019, our share price on both the 
JSE and NYSE improved by 94% and 
88% respectively. On the JSE, our share 
price was one of the top five performers 
during the year. However, since year-end 
2019 the share price performance of Gold 
Fields and other mining stocks has been 
extremely volatile, as the gold price and 
financial markets in general have been 
buffeted by economic and political 
uncertainty and, in particular, by the 
impact of the global Covid-19 
(coronavirus) pandemic.

Over the next few pages, I provide a 
high-level analysis of the external 
environment shaping the gold industry 
and the gold market, our strategy and 
how we are performing against its key 
performance indicators (KPIs). The Group 
(p36) and my personal performance (p35) 
scorecards provide further insight into the 
Group’s strategy and performance. 

completed in February 2020, will ensure 
that the Salares Norte project can be 
funded comfortably within our existing net 
debt:EBITDA targets.

The Group’s attributable gold-equivalent 
Mineral Reserves were 51.3Moz at the 
end of 2019 (including the 45%-held 
Asanko gold mine), an increase of 6% on 
2018, though our Australian mines 
replaced 165% of depleted Reserves 
after significant investments in near-mine 
exploration over the past few years. 
Attributable gold-equivalent Mineral 
Resources were 115.7Moz in 2019. 

A further key pillar of our strategy was 
to set up our South Deep mine in South 
Africa for sustainable and profitable 
production after a difficult 2018, during 
which a significant restructuring process 
resulted in a 45-day strike. Pleasingly, we 
can report palpable progress and a 
strong financial and operational recovery. 
With the workforce reduced by 
approximately 35%, the fleet rationalised, 
marginal mining eliminated and 
productivity levels up significantly over 
2018, South Deep stemmed its cash 
burn in 2019. AIC of US$1,259/oz was 
37% below 2018 levels (31% in Rand 
terms), and the mine managed to 
generate US$15m in net cash-flow. 
There is still work to be done, and I am 
cautiously optimistic that South Deep is 
on the right track to generate sustainable 
cash-flows and profits. 

The stronger operational performances by 
our mines, supported by a higher gold 
price received, enabled us to achieve our 
key financial targets during 2019: paying 
a total dividend of R1.60/share; reducing 
our net debt by over US$350m to 
US$1.33bn (pre-IFRS 16); and improving 
our free cash-flow (FCF) margin to 
21% at the average gold price received of 
US$1,399/oz, from 16% at US$1,266/oz 
in 2018.

During 2019, we made significant 
improvements in terms of our safety 
culture, systems and leadership. 
Tragically, we recorded one fatality – that 
of Maria Ramela, a trackless crew leader 
at South Deep – and reported 12 serious 

injuries (2018: 17). Unfortunately, our total 
recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR) 
increased to 2.19 per million hours 
worked (2018: 1.83), though this is below 
the industry norm of 3.41 (ICMM 
members – 2018 average). Our target 
remains zero fatalities and serious injuries, 
and we have put programmes and 
strategies in place that are starting to 
address some of the underlying issues. 

We are also continuing to work on 
preventing occupational diseases and 
health issues impacting our workforce. 
In March 2020 we adopted a range of 
measures amid the escalating Covid-19 
(coronavirus) pandemic in all our 
operating countries. The measures in 
place, both at our mines and at our 
offices, sought to avoid potential 
infections and to ensure that any 
disruptions at our operations are limited 
(more information on p30).

The sustainability of our operations 
depends on mutually beneficial 
relationships with key stakeholders and 
minimising our impact on the 
surrounding environment. Key 
programmes to address these have 
been incorporated into our strategy, and 
we continue to show good progress in 
advancing these programmes:
•  Our energy use and spend continues 
to reduce through ongoing efficiency 
initiatives and with renewable energy 
supplying our mines in Australia for the 
first time

•  As climate change increasingly impacts 

our mines and surrounding 
communities, we are gradually reducing 
our Scope 1 and 2 net and gross CO2 
emissions, having reduced emission 
intensity by 4% between 2016 and 
2019 

•  We have also improved our 

transparency around climate change 
issues with the publication of our 
inaugural Climate Change report 
aligned with the recommendations of 
the Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) in 2019

27

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT OUR OPERATING ENVIRONMENT 

Gold Fields is subject to external strategic dynamics that inform decision making and influence our business performance. 
An analysis of the four key strategic themes – and how Gold Fields is responding to them – is set out below.

GOLD PRICE
After almost seven years in the doldrums, the price of gold 
showed a major upturn during 2019, boosting the average price 
received by our mines by 11% to US$1,388/eq-oz, up from 
US$1,252/eq-oz in 2018. Towards the end of 2019 and into the 
Q1 2020, pricing levels were extremely volatile amid global 
economic and political uncertainties, as well as the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. The gold price increased to as much as 
US$1,650/oz in early March 2020, but also declined again to just 
above US$1,400/oz during that period.

The traditional investment case for gold as a safe haven asset 
was called into question after many investors sold their physical 
gold holdings after the gold price collapsed in 2013. However, 
during 2019 and 2020 this status seems to have been partially 
restored. While much of the gold price’s short-term movement is 
driven by market sentiment and geopolitical developments, an 
analysis of gold’s supply and demand fundamentals underpins 
our belief that the gold price could continue to improve over the 
next few years, though there will be periods of short-term 
volatility. 

In particular, mine supply, which in 2019 showed its first decline 
in 10 years, is likely to remain under pressure. Many gold market 
analysts are of the view that the industry has reached peak 
production levels given the limited number of new gold 
discoveries since the mid-1990s, together with the decreased 
levels of exploration spend over recent years. 

Response
Gold Fields does not seek to predict the gold price. We expect 
volatility and structure the business accordingly.

We seek to maximise value by:
•  Prioritising cash-flow over production volumes
•  Setting targets for each region at a 15% FCF margin around a 

planning price of US$1,300/oz

•  Eliminating marginal mining
•  Selling non-strategic assets
•  Hedging a portion of our gold production in times of high 

capital expenditure (capex) and high debt

We believe the Group is therefore in a relatively strong state to 
weather a sustained lower gold price (at just over US$1,000/oz) 
and well positioned to capture future upside.

GOLD MARKET
Since the fall in the gold price in 2013, the industry went into 
survival mode, aggressively cutting costs to stay in business. 
While there was a reduction in both operating and capital costs, 
the reduction in capex was generally easier to make and 
consequently more severe. 

Seven years later, we believe the industry has significantly 
under-invested, which is expected to result in declining 
production profiles and rising costs in coming years. Figures 
released by the World Gold Council show that in 2019 global 
mine production declined for the first time since 2008 (see graph 
below). Furthermore, total gold reserves among major producers 
have been decreasing since 2014, according to Bloomberg data. 

In our view, capital expenditure in the industry has to increase, 
with companies needing to spend on new projects and 
exploration to maintain production levels. We believe that the 
recent spate of consolidation in the industry – led by the mergers 
between Barrick Gold and Randgold, and Newmont Gold and 
Goldcorp – is a response to the under-investment. 

Response
We believe that Gold Fields has been counter-cyclical by 
spending almost US$1bn on new projects over the past three 
years. Unlike our peers, who have been more focused on 
mergers and acquisitions, we have been focused internally, 
building two new mines – Gruyere and Damang – and taking a 
greenfield project – Salares Norte – to a construction decision. 

Our portfolio is now in a strong position to maintain production of 
2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per year for the next 10 years. In our view, this 
is the optimal production level given that each year we need to 
find almost 5Moz in new Mineral Resources to replace depletion, 
assuming a 50% Resource to Reserve conversion rate. In 
addition, we believe that a portfolio of no more than 10 mines is 
the optimal number allowing management to properly focus on 
operations. 

Looking further into the future, we think the industry will need to 
return to greenfields exploration to find new projects for 
development to maintain longer-dated production profiles. 

Gold price

US$/oz

1,700

1,650

1,600

1,550

1,500

1,450

1,400

1,350

1,300

1,250

Global mine production

Tonnes

4,000

3,000

0
5
7
,
2

0
0
8
,
2

0
0
2
,
3

0
0
3
,
3

0
0
1
,
3

0
0
9
,
2

h
c
r
a
M
4
2

0
0
4
,
3

0
5
4
,
3

0
0
5
,
3

0
5
4
,
3

2,000

1,000

0

Jan Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan

2019

Mar

Feb
2020

Source: Bloomberg

28

2011

2010
■ Mine production

2012

Source: World Gold Council

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019 
CLIMATE CHANGE
The impact of the rapidly changing climate on our business, 
employees and host communities is one of the defining global 
challenges faced by our business, our workforce and our 
communities. This impact is felt in a number of ways, including:
•  Extreme weather such as severe rainfall, shifts in rainfall 

patterns, heavy snow fall, severe winds, higher temperatures, 
sea level undulations, and prolonged droughts

•  Disruptions to our supply chain
•  Impacts on our host communities
•  The need to comply with current and emerging climate-related 

regulations, policies and laws, emerging carbon emission 
taxes and stringent water restrictions

•  An increasing drive for transparency around our efforts to 

minimise our carbon footprint and our ability to build 
operational resilience in the face of climate-related risks

Carbon emissions are primarily from diesel consumed and 
electricity consumption. 

Response
Our objectives are to minimise the Company’s contribution to 
climate change and to reduce the direct physical impacts thereof 
on our operations and host communities, while also improving 
disclosure. Furthermore, with three of our regions classified as 
water stressed, water security is critical to us. To this end, we 
have developed a range of strategic policy interventions and 
operational adjustments. 

The management of climate change impacts and transition to a 
low carbon environment is a key component of environmental 
stewardship at all our operations and projects. At operational 
level, our energy, carbon management and water strategies 
highlight our approach taken:
•  Greater energy and water efficiencies
•  Improved use of low carbon and renewable energy sources
•  Security of water and energy supplies

In addition, we have joined a number of global initiatives and 
programmes that support both corporate disclosure of climate 
change impacts and encourage multi-stakeholder commitments 
to combating it. Our second climate change report that complies 
with the recommendations of the TCFD was released in 
conjunction with this IAR.

RESOURCE NATIONALISM/SOCIAL LICENCE
Over the past few years, many governments, particularly in 
developing countries, increasingly view the industry as an easy 
target for higher taxes and other fiscal imposts, particularly 
during tough economic times. As a result, governments’ share of 
mining revenue has grown at the expense of other stakeholders 
but, at the same time, miners and investors are shying away from 
more risky jurisdictions characterised by strong resource 
nationalism.

A sound and certain regulatory and fiscal environment should 
enable the global gold sector to ride out short-term fluctuations 
in gold prices and achieve sustained returns over the 15 to 
20-year average life of a mining project. In many jurisdictions, 
however, the legal and tax environments have become less 
conducive to the long-term viability of the mining sector.

At the same time, mining-impacted communities in these 
jurisdictions are finding their voice and are demanding a greater 
share of the value created by miners. Mines are dependent on 
their mineral deposits and cannot relocate to new locations when 
facing deteriorating local or national operating environments. 
Furthermore, mines must be able to navigate complex social, 
economic and political dynamics over time to avoid conflicts with 
their host communities. As it is, conflicts between communities 
and mines in the global industry have risen sharply over the last 
decade. 

To manage the potential risks, mining companies need to 
maximise their positive impacts, avoid or minimise their negative 
impacts and make sure that this is communicated to – and 
recognised by – host community stakeholders. 

Response
At Gold Fields, a strong social licence to operate is embedded in 
our societal value proposition and is a prerequisite for long-term 
generation of value for stakeholders.

The question is how the trust gap between mining companies 
and governments and communities can best be bridged. Gold 
Fields, on its own and in conjunction with its peers, has sought 
to address this trust gap in a number of ways:
•  The industry is continuing to distribute value to a number of 
stakeholders. Over the past three years, Gold Fields has 
consistently created between US$2bn and US$3bn in total 
value annually for our wide range of stakeholders – accounting 
for around 90% of revenue on average (p08)

•  Gold Fields is actively promoting host community employment 
and procurement in an effort to strengthen its social licence to 
operate and mitigate any regulatory actions that limit its ability 
to share the benefits of mining. In 2019, about 33% of our 
total value creation benefited host communities through these 
initiatives (p81)

•  We are working with international mining bodies, such as the 
ICMM, to promote industry-wide best practice and showcase 
the benefits that a responsible and fairly regulated industry 
can bring

29

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT OUR 2019 PERFORMANCE 

Every year Gold Fields sets itself key performance targets to ensure that we meet our strategic goals. These fall into four 
categories:
•  Financial – To make money sustainably
•  Stakeholders – Build and maintain stakeholder support 
•  Organisational capacity – Ensure that the Company has the capacity to deliver
•  Internal business processes – Build the processes required to deliver the strategy

Below is an update on the Covid-19 (coronavirus) pandemic and its impact on Gold Fields, followed by an overview of 
Gold Fields’ strategic goals within these categories and how we performed against them during 2019.

Covid-19 pandemic and Gold Fields’ 
actions
Subsequent to year-end – and at the time 
of finalising the financial statements – the 
Covid-19 (coronavirus) pandemic required 
Gold Fields to support government 
protocols and directives in countries in 
which we have a presence to contain the 
spread of the virus. Our operations 
introduced a wide range of measures to 
reduce the risk of potential infections of 
people at our operations and limit 
disruption at our mines. We are in full 
support of the governments’ measures 
and our further actions going forward will 
be determined by the nature and extent 
of incidences of infections at our mines 
and in the countries in which we operate. 
In line with the directive by the South 
African government on 23 March 2020, 
South Deep has been placed on 
care-and-maintenance during the 
resultant 21-day lockdown in South 
Africa. Prior to that directive being 
announced, we had implemented other 
measures to manage the risk to its people 
and business, including international 
business travel restrictions, self-
quarantine for people displaying flu-like 
symptoms and comprehensive hygiene 
awareness campaigns.

There is of course the possibility of further 
lockdowns and restrictions in the 
countries in which we have a presence 
and contingency plans are being 
formulated to deal with these potential 
eventualities. Gold Fields management 
believes Gold Fields is in a strong financial 
position with significantly reduced debt 
compared to prior periods. As at the date 
hereof, the Group has approximately 
US$600m in cash and in excess of 
US$1.5bn of committed, undrawn debt 
facilities. As a result, management 
believes that the Group has sufficient 
liquidity to withstand an interruption to our 
operations for a considerable period of 
time, but that notwithstanding, we will 
continue to work towards minimising the 
impact of Covid-19 on our employees, 
mines and offices. 

30

We have evaluated the potential effects of 
these conditions on the basis of a 
three-month operational closure period 
across the Group (period used is based on 
periods of total lockdown experienced in 
China and South Korea). Over this period 
there could potentially be no production 
and approximately 50% savings on cost 
and capital. Gold Fields is of the view that 
it will be a stable, going concern for the 
foreseeable future. However, this estimate 
is inherently uncertain as it is based on 
expectations of future events, including the 
length of the closure period, which is 
currently unknown.

Safety and health

  For details – p62

  00
Our targets of zero fatalities, serious 
injuries and safe production are 
embedded, through the Group scorecard, 
in the performance scorecards of all Gold 
Fields’ employees. It will always remain 
our most important priority. 

Most tragically, we lost a colleague during 
2019. Maria Ramela, a 38-year-old 
trackless crew leader at our South Deep 
mine in South Africa, was fatally injured 
after being struck by a rock ejected from 
the rock face following a series of four 
seismic events. We again express our 
sincere condolences to her family, friends 
and colleagues. We also had 12 serious 
injuries in 2019 (2018: 17) and a 
regression in the TRIFR to 2.19 per million 
hours worked (2018: 1.83). However, the 
severity and duration of lost-time injuries 
(LTIs) improved markedly.

We have made progress on the 
implementation of health and safety 
strategies, including a Group-wide roll-out 
of the Courageous Safety Leadership 
(CSL) programme. Training for this 
programme commenced in 2019 and will 
be completed during 2020, teaching all 
employees to prioritise safety and giving 
them the opportunity to become safety 
leaders. We believe that the CSL 
programme, combined with the 
expansion of the Vital Behaviours 
programme already successfully 

implemented at our Australian operations 
since 2016, will entrench safe behaviours 
and choices in our workplace. We 
continue with the critical controls initiative 
commenced last year.

We are also investing in technical and 
engineering safety solutions, such as 
proximity detection, collision avoidance 
and fatigue management systems, while 
at the same time deploying fit-for-purpose 
management systems.

On the health front, a South African court 
endorsed the settlement reached 
between six gold mining companies, 
including Gold Fields, and attorneys 
representing ex-mineworkers suffering 
from Silicosis and Tuberculosis (TB). An 
independent trust has been established 
to compensate ex-mine workers by 
distributing just over R5bn (US$380m) 
funded by the gold mining companies. 
We have made a provision of R297m 
(US$21m) for our share of the settlement. 
The nominal value is R408m (US$29m), 
which is in effect our contribution to the 
trust over the next 10 years. The trust 
began its work in March 2020.

Operational performance

  For details – p47

  00
Our strategic priority is to sustainably 
improve our total shareholder return. 
While this may suggest a strong focus on 
investors as our key stakeholder, we need 
strong cash-flow generation to share the 
benefits of mining with all our 
stakeholders – our workforce, business 
partners, communities, governments and, 
of course, shareholders. As such, we 
have set an annual target of generating a 
FCF margin of 15% at a gold price of 
US$1,300/oz.  

After the three-year, US$1bn reinvestment 
programme between 2017 and 2019, we 
turned cash-flow positive in H1 2019, 
earlier than originally anticipated. As the 
projects neared completion by mid-2019, 
we started seeing benefits in H2 2019, 
during which normalised profits for the 
Group were almost double that of H1. 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Group performance highlights 

Fatalities
TRIFR

Attributable production

All-in sustaining costs (AISC)1, 2

All-in costs (AIC)1,2

Net cash-flow1, 3

Free cash-flow (FCF) margin1

Net debt (pre-IFRS 16)1

Net debt (post-IFRS 16)1

Dividend declared

Total value distribution

Energy usage4 

Water withdrawal

Freshwater withdrawal

Water recycled/reused (% of total)
CO2 emissions
Host community procurement (% of total)

Host community employment (% of total)

Gross mine closure liabilities

Number
/million hours worked

Moz

US$/oz

US$/oz

US$m

%

US$bn

US$bn

R/share

US$bn

TJ

Mℓ

Mℓ

%

million tonnes

%

%

US$m

2019

1
2.19

2.195

970

1,064

249

21
1.331

1.664

1.60

2.577

12,498

22,334

14,153

68

1.94

34

55

436

2018

1
1.83

2.036

981

1,173

(122)

16

1.687

–

0.40

2.711

11,628

21,179

14,468

66

1.85

27

56

400

1 These non-IFRS measures have been defined in management’s discussion and analysis in the Annual Financial Report (AFR), and have been reconciled to IFRS
2  2019 AISC on the revised World Gold Council interpretation
3 Net cash-flow = cash-flow from operating activities less net capex, environmental payments and finance lease payments
4 The sum of direct and indirect energy consumption reflects a conversion factor used by Granny Smith, Gruyere, Agnew, Tarkwa and Damang power stations to account for 
generation losses

As a whole, in 2019 the Group generated 
US$249m in net cash-flow compared 
with a net cash-outflow of US$122m in 
2018. Mine cash-flow for the year, which 
excludes project capital, was US$552m, 
compared with US$345m in 2018. The 
2019 FCF margin was 21% at an average 
gold price received of US$1,399/oz. 

All our operations performed in line, or 
better, than guidance during 2019, both in 
terms of their operational and financial 
metrics. Gold Fields’ attributable 
gold-equivalent production increased 
8% to approximately 2.2Moz in 2019 
(2018: 2.04Moz), exceeding the upper 
end of the guidance range of 
2.13Moz – 2.18Moz. 

AIC for 2019 were US$1,064/oz, 9% 
lower than 2018 and below 2019 
guidance of US$1,075/oz – US$1,095/
oz. AISC were US$970/oz (2018: 
US$981/oz) on the original World Gold 
Council interpretation, and US$897/oz on 
the revised interpretation. AISC (original 
interpretation) guidance for the year was 
US$980/oz – US$995/oz.

Headline earnings for 2019 were 
US$163m (2018: US$61m), while 
normalised profits of US$343m for 2019 
were up twelve-fold from the US$27m 
reported in 2018.

A critical achievement for the year was 
the notable progress of South Deep, 
which met and exceeded its production 
and cost guidance for 2019 after the 
significant restructuring process during 
2018. As the year progressed and the 
changes entrenched throughout the 
operation, South Deep started to meet 
targeted operational benchmarks. For 
2019, the mine reported record cash-flow 
of R221m (US$15m), compared with an 
outflow of R1.92bn (US$146m) in 2018, 
boosted production by 41% to 222koz 
and reported a 37% reduction in AIC.

Other major contributors to the improved 
Group production figures were the first 
full-year production from our 45% holding 
in the Asanko Gold Mine (AGM) in Ghana, 
a 15% increase in production at Damang, 
and the initial 50koz contribution from our 
share of the Gruyere mine in Western 
Australia. Gruyere, in which we hold a 
50% stake and have management 

control, produced first gold in June 2019 
and ramped up to steady state by 
September 2019.

The benefits of our investments are set to 
continue into 2020, with Group 
attributable production expected to be 
about 5% higher and AIC 2% lower than 
2019 levels, notwithstanding the first year 
of capital expansion at the Salares Norte 
project. The current higher gold price 
(including our hedges for 2020) places the 
Company in a strong position to generate 
substantial FCF for 2020 while sustaining 
our current operations, further reduce 
debt and continue our policy of paying 
dividends equal to about a third of our 
normalised earnings to shareholders. 

Growth of our portfolio

  For details – p39

  00
While improving the FCF per ounce of 
gold produced is one of management’s 
top priorities, ensuring the longevity of our 
portfolio and the sustainability of its cash 
generating abilities are as critical. As such, 
over the past three years the Group has 
been in a reinvestment phase at a time 

31

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT OUR 2019 PERFORMANCE continued

when many of our peers have been 
focused on cost rationalisation in the face 
of pressure from some market 
participants.

Between 2017 and 2019, we spent 
approximately US$1bn in project capital 
and building two new mines – Gruyere in 
Western Australia and Damang in Ghana 
– as well as acquiring a 50% share in the 
Gruyere project and a 45% stake in AGM 
in Ghana, and bringing our Salares Norte 
project in Chile to a positive construction 
decision. These investments will not only 
extend the overall life of our portfolio, but 
will also improve the quality thereof by 
lowering the Group AIC. 

An overview of our key growth projects 
for 2019 is as follows:
•  We spent A$96m (US$67m) on 

Gruyere in Western Australia, which 
started production in H2 2019 and, at 
99koz, achieved its revised production 
guidance for 2019. The total capital 
cost of Gruyere amounted to A$610m, 
below the final forecast capital of 
A$621m, of which Gold Fields paid 
A$329m (p41)

•  At our Damang mine in Ghana, we 
spent US$70m in project capital. 
Up until end-2019, the cost of the 
project was US$347m, with a further 
US$10m scheduled for 2020. 
Damang’s 2019 production of 208koz 
was 15% up on 2018 (p41)

•  We continued our aggressive near-mine 
exploration spending at our Australian 
mines. During 2019, we spent A$84m 
(US$58m) (including Gruyere), which is 
in line with the average yearly spend of 
A$80m – A$100m over the preceding 
three years. During 2019, St Ives, 
Agnew and Granny Smith replaced 
165% of their Mineral Reserves, net of 
depletion (p43)

•  US$49m was spent on feasibility study 
(FS) work, further exploration drilling, as 
well as environmental and social 
expenditures at the Salares Norte 
project in Chile. Since 2009, when it 
first started exploring, Gold Fields has 
spent US$228m on the project. The 
final FS was approved by the Board in 
February 2019 and environmental 
approval was granted by the regulator 
in December 2019. The Board, after 
reviewing the updated FS, a social-
political risk assessment and the 
funding options for the US$860m 
construction, gave the go-ahead for 
construction in February 2020. The 
mine is expected to be operational by 
early 2023 (p42)

32

Gold Fields’ total capex for 2019 was 
US$613m (2018: US$814m), of which 
US$476m was sustaining capital and 
US$137m was growth capital. Capex of 
US$630m has been budgeted for 2020, 
of which US$224m is growth capital 
earmarked primarily for Salares Norte 
(US$111m), the Australian operations 
(US$60m), Cerro Corona (US$28m), 
South Deep (US$15m) and Damang 
(US$10m). The capex excludes Gold 
Fields’ share of AGM’s total capex of 
US$34m for 2020.

A further indication of our sound growth 
prospects is Gold Fields’ strong Mineral 
Reserves and Resources position. 
In 2019, the Group had a strong 
performance with regards to Reserves 
replacement, net of depletion. Total 
attributable, gold-equivalent Mineral 
Reserves at the end of 2019 were 
51.3Moz (2018: 50.3Moz), including our 
45%-held AGM. Some of the significant 
developments during 2019 were:
•  An 8% increase in the Australian 
region’s Mineral Reserves, net of 
depletion, to 6.93Moz, led by a 38% 
rise at Agnew and a 31% improvement 
at St Ives

•  A 2% rise in Tarkwa’s Mineral Reserves, 

net of depletion, to 5.89Moz

As at the end of 2019, 22Moz of Gold 
Fields’ Mineral Reserves (including AGM) 
were outside South Africa, representing 
42% of the Group’s Reserves base. 
As recently as 2015, only 28% of our 
Reserves were not from South Deep. 
At the time our international Reserves 
were a mere 13Moz.

The total attributable, gold-equivalent 
Mineral Resources at the end of 2019 
were 115.7Moz (2018: 108.2Moz).

Strengthening the balance sheet 

  For details – p52

  00
Our capital programme of the past three 
years inevitably put pressure on the 
balance sheet. Tactical hedge positions 
and better-than-expected gold prices for 
the most part of the past three years 
enabled us to limit the pick-up in net debt, 
as did stronger than anticipated cash-
flows and the sale of non-core equity 
investments for a combined US$179m 
during H1 2019. Furthermore, we 
successfully refinanced US$1bn in debt 
during 2019 and signed a new US$1.2bn 
revolving credit facility.

As a result, we managed to significantly 
reduce our net debt to US$1.33bn 
(pre-IFRS 16) from US$1.69bn at 

end-2018, while the net debt:EBITDA 
ratio was 1.08x (end-2018: 1.57x). Under 
the new IFRS 16 lease accounting 
standards, our net debt was US$1.66bn 
and the net debt:EBITDA ratio 1.29x at 
the end of 2019. With further strong cash-
flow predicted, management has set itself 
the target of paying down US$300m 
– US$400m of debt in 2020, 
notwithstanding the first capital outlays at 
the Salares Norte project. Beyond that, 
we plan further deleveraging of the 
balance sheet.

To protect cash-flows and underpin debt 
reduction, we have extended our gold 
and foreign exchange hedging 
programme, putting structures in place 
which mature during 2020. 

Gold Fields’ policy allows for hedging to 
protect cash-flows at times of significant 
expenditure, for specific debt servicing 
requirements, and to safeguard the viability 
of higher cost operations. Given the high 
levels of project capital incurred over the 
past three years, the Group has deployed 
short-term, tactical gold hedges to protect 
cash-flows and the balance sheet. 

With the project capital having largely 
been spent by mid-2019, the underlying 
purpose of the programme shifted to 
underpinning a significant reduction in 
debt. Our intention is not to put additional 
hedges in place once the current hedge 
book expires, other than possible 
downside protection, without limiting the 
upside, given the large capital expenditure 
for the Salares Norte project in 2021. 

In line with our dividend policy of paying 
out 25% – 35% of normalised earnings as 
dividends, we declared a total dividend 
for the year of R1.60/share (2018: R0.40/
share). 

Energy and climate change

  For details – p69

  00
During 2019, Gold Fields shifted further 
away from the use of carbon-intensive 
energy sources and, for the first time, 
started using renewable energy to power 
our mines. Our mines in Ghana, Australia 
and Peru are now largely powered by 
low-carbon sources, though diesel is still 
being used for the majority of our mining 
fleet. During 2019, 67% of total electricity 
consumption was generated by gas, with 
coal accounting for 28%, hydro-electricity 
for 3%, diesel for 2% and renewables for 
just under 1%. 

We see renewable energy sources as 
becoming increasingly important, and our 
initial focus is on the mines in Western 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Australia. Agnew became the first mine in 
our portfolio to be powered by solar 
energy when it connected a 4MW solar 
farm in August 2019. Five wind turbines, 
providing an additional 18MW, will be 
added to the system by mid-2020, as will 
a 13MW battery energy storage system. 
By end-2020, Agnew will become one of 
the first gold mines in the world to receive 
over 50% of its power from renewable 
energy sources, with the remainder of its 
electricity needs being supplied by a gas 
plant. 

The Granny Smith gas power plant 
integrated 8MW of solar energy into its 
power system in Q1 2020, alongside a 
2MW battery energy storage system. 
A further 40MW of solar capacity is being 
developed at South Deep in South Africa 
pending regulatory approval. Gold Fields 
is committed to 20% renewable energy 
generation over the life-of-mine at all new 
projects, including the newly approved 
Salares Norte mine in Chile. When it starts 
production in early 2023, we envisage 
that at least 15% of electricity will be 
generated by solar. 

Energy accounted for 20% of Group 
operating costs in 2019, the second 
largest cost component at our mines. 
While energy consumption rose by 7% in 
2019, energy spending declined from 
US$302m in 2018 to US$300m despite 
the increase in our gold production. This 
is attributable to mine planning 
optimisation and energy efficiencies. 

Greater use of renewables has the added 
benefit of reducing our carbon footprint, 
which is one of Gold Fields’ key 
environmental priorities. In 2016 we set 
ourselves an aspirational target of 
cumulative carbon emission reduction of 
800kt CO2-e between 2017 and 2020. 
We reached 54% of these savings by 
end-2019 and are on track to achieve 
75% of this target by the end of 2020. 

During 2019, total CO2-e emissions 
increased to 1.94m tonnes (2018: 1.85m 
tonnes), as a result of higher Group 
tonnes mined and the inclusion of the 
Gruyere mine for the first time, but we 
expect longer-term benefits arising from 
the energy efficiency, fuel-switching and 
renewable energy projects we have put in 
place at our mines.

In 2018, Gold Fields become the first 
South African mining company to endorse 
the Financial Services Board’s TCFD 
recommendations and, in 2019, we 
published our baseline 2018 TCFD 
Report. This report will monitor our 
climate change-related performance and 
replaces previous submissions under the 
CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure 
Project). The 2019 TCFD Report is being 
released in conjunction with this IAR. 

Environmental stewardship

  For details – p67

  00
This year, for the first time in its history, 
Gold Fields recorded no serious 
environmental incidents. This is an 
important achievement, as environmental 
incidents could potentially impact not only 
on operations, but also the communities 
and the environment around us. 

We classify environmental incidents on a 
scale of 1 to 5, with Levels 3 to 5 
incidents resulting in medium- to 
longer-term environmental damage and 
regulatory sanctions. Gold Fields has had 
no Levels 4 or 5 incidents for well over a 
decade and for the first time in 2019, 
there were no Level 3 incidents (we 
reported two Level 3 incidents in 2018). 
The number of Level 2 incidents, which 
have a limited environmental impact but 
could escalate to more serious incidents, 
declined by 46% last year. 

Water is a particular focus of our 
environmental strategy, as it is an 
increasingly scarce and expensive 
resource around the globe. During 2018, 
our operations invested in improving 
water practices, including pollution 
prevention, recycling and conservation 
initiatives. Key to responsible water 
stewardship is to reuse or recycle much 
of the water we use in our processes and, 
in line with industry best practice, we have 
set ourselves a target of 65%. We 
achieved the target in 2018 and 2019, 
when the total water recycled or reused 
amounted to 66% and 68% respectively. 

A key focus of both management and the 
Board was the governance and 
management of TSFs, following the 
catastrophic failure at the Feijão iron ore 
mine in Brumadinho, Brazil, during 
January 2019, which resulted in 270 
deaths. We studied the report of the 
independent investigation panel to identify 
any lessons we could learn.

All Gold Fields’ operations carried out 
additional safety inspections at our 34 
TSFs, including 18 decommissioned 
TSFs and three managed by JVs, and 
concluded that Gold Fields-managed 
TSFs were not at risk. We also responded 
to requests from environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) investors to all 
global mining companies by detailing the 
specifications and technical standards of 
our TSFs. This report is available on our 
website. 

During 2019, we further strengthened 
technical and governance oversight over 
all of our TSFs through, among others, 
providing quarterly updates to the Board 
and increasing the tailings expertise of our 
corporate technical team. We reviewed 
available real-time monitoring and 
surveillance technologies, including 
drones, and are applying them to specific 
TSFs as appropriate. Longer term, our 

Exploration camp at the Salares Norte project in Chile

33

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT OUR 2019 PERFORMANCE continued

teams are working with our peers at the 
ICMM to provide input into independent 
global tailings standard that will be 
published during 2020, and to which 
all ICMM members have agreed to 
adhere to. 

The total gross mine closure liability for 
Gold Fields increased by 9% to US$436m 
in 2019 from US$400m in 2018. During 
2019, we further enhanced our integrated 
approach to mine closure management 
with each operation implementing the first 
of three-year progressive environmental 
rehabilitation plans.

Our workforce

  For details – p59

  00
In 2018, the profile of our workforce 
underwent a major change with the 
retrenchment of about a third of the 
workforce at South Deep, as well as the 
move to contractor mining at our Tarkwa 
and Damang mines in Ghana. This meant 
that the ratio of contractors to full-time 
employees changed significantly over the 
past year. At the end of 2019, 
approximately 12,000 of our total 17,656 
workforce were contractors. This requires 
a different Human Resources (HR) 
approach, but one that still considers the 
Company’s values, standards and 
policies.

Within the entire workforce, we are 
increasing our focus on diversity and 
inclusivity and employing people from 
our host communities. During 2019, the 
Board approved a Group diversity policy. 
We are making progress on this journey:
•  Across our global workforce, 20% of 

Gold Fields employees are female, with 
20% of management positions also 
held by women. Just over half of our 
female employees work in core mining 
activities. As recently as 2016, only 
15% of our workforce was female. For 
the second year running Gold Fields 
was included in the Bloomberg 
Gender-Equality Index (GEI), one of only 
325 companies globally to have 
achieved this

•  Well over half of our total workforce 

– 55% – are from communities that are 
impacted by our mines. In 2017, that 
level was 40%, though there also have 
been some changes in our 
classification of host communities since 
then

Another important HR initiative 
entrenched in 2019 is the drive to ensure 
that all our people are appropriately 
skilled. With the increasing shift towards 
mechanisation and automation at our 

34

mines, we have found that, in addition to 
the continued development and training 
of our workforce, it is increasingly 
important to recruit people that have a 
strong science, technology and 
mathematics background. During 2019, 
we spent over US$12m globally on 
training and development. 

Stakeholders and communities

  For details – p75

  00
The Group’s value distribution to national 
economies in 2019, amounting to 
US$2.58bn, was slightly lower than the 
US$2.71bn in national value distributed in 
2018. Of this, 68% was paid to suppliers 
and contractors, 15% to employees, 
10% to governments in taxes and 
royalties, and 6% to equity and debt 
investors.

Within our total value distribution, Gold 
Fields continues to focus on maximising 
in-country and host community economic 
impact. Within our procurement spend, 
96% is from in-country suppliers.

Communities, in particular, are a key 
focus for Gold Fields as sustainable 
community jobs, procurement from 
community enterprises and community 
investments will have significant 
economic and social benefits. 
During 2019:
•  Almost 9,300 people, or 55% of the 
workforce, were employed by us and 
our contractors from host communities. 
This is in line with our long-term target

•  Host community procurement was 
US$635m, or 34% of total spend, 
exceeding the 27% achieved in 2018

•  Our investment in socio-economic 

development (SED) projects in our host 
communities declined by 17% to 
US$22m compared with 2018, largely 
due to the completion of the three-year, 
US$27m upgrade to the Tarkwa-
Damang road in H1 2019, our largest 
community investment project to date

These initiatives ensured that US$782m, 
33% of our total value contribution, 
remained with our host communities. It is 
pleasing to see that as a result of this and 
our increased engagement our 
relationship assessment surveys show 
improved ratings of Gold Fields across all 
our jurisdictions, while community 
grievances decreased by 39% in 2019 
compared with 2018.  

Guidance for 2020
Gold Fields’ business plan for 2020 has 
been built around an average gold price 
of US$1,300/oz (A$1,850/oz, R600,000/

kg) and assuming exchange rates of 
R14.50 per US Dollar and A$0.69 per 
US Dollar.

As stated, we believe that the benefits of 
our three-year investment programme will 
continue into 2020, with the Damang 
Reinvestment project set to be finalised 
and the Gruyere mine contributing for a 
full year for the first time. 

Group attributable production is expected 
to be about 5% higher at 2.275Moz – 
2.315Moz, and AIC 2% lower at 
US$1,035/oz – US$1,055/oz when 
compared to 2019. Excluding spending 
on the Salares Norte project, our AIC 
guidance would be between US$975/oz 
– US$995/oz. AISC is guided 4% lower at 
US$920/oz – US$940/oz. Capex for the 
year has been budgeted at US$630m.

The main drivers behind production 
guidance for 2020 are:
•  A 16% rise in South Deep’s production 

to 257koz (2018: 222koz) 

•  The inclusion of Gruyere’s full-year 

production of 270koz (100%)

Note of thanks
I would like to express my gratitude to my 
fellow directors, led by our Chairperson, 
Cheryl Carolus, for their support and 
guidance during 2019. The composition 
of our Exco has remained stable over the 
past two years, and I believe the 
commitment of this team has been one 
of the main reasons behind our recent 
successes. Going against industry trends, 
as we have done with our US$1bn 
reinvestment programme, would not have 
been possible without the support and 
expertise of this team. 

Most importantly, I would like to express 
my sincere appreciation and gratitude to 
all the employees of Gold Fields. They 
have gone through some difficult times 
over the past few years, with wide-
ranging restructuring initiatives impacting 
their work lives. Rightfully, now that their 
efforts have translated into strong 
profitability for the Group, they will be 
rewarded for their efforts. But I also know 
that our employees’ resilience, hard work 
and dedication will not let up. It gives me 
great comfort to know that I have this 
team behind me to drive Gold Fields 
forward.  

Nick Holland
CEO

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO SCORECARD 2019

Gold Fields recognises that remuneration is a critical part of value creation. We are committed to aligning our employees’ 
remuneration to our strategic objectives, as embodied in our Group Business Scorecard (BSC). The Group BSC is then 
cascaded into individual scorecards, to ensure individual effort drives Group performance. Below is a summary of our 
CEO Nick Holland’s BSC for 2019 and his performance against it. His average score for 2019 was 3.8 out of 5, as 
evaluated by the Remuneration Committee. The Board believes that by reflecting on the CEO’s scorecard and how it 
drives value creation, we demonstrate to our stakeholders our commitment to fair and transparent reporting. 
Performance against individual BSC targets informs 35% of the CEO’s annual performance bonus, while his performance 
against the Group BSC targets (p36 – 37) inform the remaining 65% (which includes sustainability-related targets).

Weight

Target

FINANCIAL

2019 Results

10% Improve liquidity by reducing net debt

Target: US$100m debt reduction
Stretch target: US$150m debt reduction

INTERNAL BUSINESS PROCESS

15% Deliver the 2019 South Deep business plan through 

disciplined execution and improved productivity. 
Target: 477t mined/employee

15%

Improve internal business planning processes at 
South Deep by achieving 85% compliance to the 
mining plan.

Delivery of the Gruyere project 

10%

10%

5%

Delivery of Gruyere project capital cost.
Target: A$621m 
Stretch: A$612m

Delivery of Damang project to the following targets:
•  Total ore mined 31.8Mt
•  Gold produced 218koz 
•  Mill throughput 4.3Mt
•  75% spatial compliance to plan

Delivery of Salares Norte project:
•  Feasibility study (FS) peer reviewed by March 2019
•  Detailed engineering work at 55%
•  Complete district exploration with 12.9km drilled
•  Environmental approval to be achieved by 

June 2020

ORGANISATIONAL CAPACITY

•  Improve impact of I&T
•  Complete 2019 I&T programmes in accordance with 
the regional strategies with clear business cases 

10%

that there are no material deviations from 2019 
compliance guidelines.

5% Improve governance, compliance and risk by ensuring 
10% Develop leadership competency framework aligned 
10% Apply 360o “Living the Values” assessment in our 

with strategic objectives and values to improve people 
capacity and culture

performance assessment tool

Net debt reduced by US$281m to US$1,331m (pre IFRS 16)

•  South Deep achieved a 45% annual improvement on 2018 in 

tonnes mined per employee at 418t

•  South Deep achieved 87% compliance to the mine plan1 – and a 

7% improvement on 2018

•  Backfill production was at record levels at 426,338m3
•  Ground support at 12.8km was a 37% improvement on 2018

•  First crusher feed 20 January 2019
•  First gold production 30 June 2019
•  Substantial completion 20 July 2019
•  2019 production at 99koz, at the top end of market guidance

•  Final project capital cost was A$610m

•  Total tonnes mined of 34.1Mt
•  Gold production of 208koz
•  Mill throughput at 4.6Mt (above nameplate capacity)
•  92% spatial compliance2 to plan

•  FS completed and presented to the Board in February 2019
•  Detailed engineering work at 58%
•  District exploration drilling of 15.5km
•  Environmental approval received in December 2019

Key achievements:
•  Telecommunications infrastructure at South Deep, Agnew, Granny 

Smith and St Ives to facilitate digital mining progressed

•  Personnel and mobile equipment tracking systems implemented in 

one corridor at South Deep

•  Automatic ventilation systems installed at Agnew 
•  High-precision blast hole drilling commenced at Tarkwa and St Ives 
•  Semi-autonomous loading expanded at Granny Smith and trialled at 

South Deep

•  No material deviations

•  Leadership competency framework updated and adopted 

•  The 360o assessment of the CEO was completed by the Chairperson 

and Exco

Rating  
out of 5

5

3

4

3

4.5

3.5

4

3.5

4

3.5
4

OVERALL PERFORMANCE RATING

100%

3.8/5

1  Compliance to plan means adherence to key operational targets such as costs, drilling advancement, ground support and backfill production
2  Spatial compliance requires adherence to the approved mining plan and sequence in which we mine

00

    For the CEO’s remuneration package and those of other executives and directors, as well as our remuneration rating scale, approach, policies and implementation, 

see the Remuneration Report in the AFR on p28 – 58. The rating scale applied here is also in the Remuneration Report on p45.

35

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT CEO SCORECARD 2019 continued

GROUP 2020 BSC

2020 GROUP SCORECARD

ACHIEVE OUR VISION:
To be the global  
leader in sustainable 

gold mining

FINANCIAL

STAKEHOLDER

INTERNAL  
BUSINESS PROCESSES

ORGANISATIONAL
CAPACITY

36

INCREASE TOTAL  
SHAREHOLDER RETURN

CAPITAL DISCIPLINE PROCESS

Reduce net debt by  
US$300m – US$400m @ US$1,500/oz1

REPUTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS

•  60% of active investors engaged twice a year 

•  80% achievement of planned government engagement 

interactions 

STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS

•  Improve the resolution between short-term and long-term planning

EFFICIENCIES AND SECURITY  
OF UTILITIES (ENERGY AND WATER)

•   5% TJ reductions through energy-saving 

initiatives

•   Achieve 800,000t CO2-eq reduction target 

for 2017 – 20204 

•   Commence construction of South Deep 

solar power plant 

•   3% reduction in freshwater withdrawal 
•   Increase water recycling/reuse to 66% 

of total water use

QUALITY

Improve portfolio 
management

•  Develop growth plans 
for the Australia, West 
Africa and Americas 
regions

1  Illustrative price
2  Including spending on Salares Norte project
3  This is measured by the number of referrals via LinkedIn
4  Representing about half of our annual Scope 1-2 emissions

 Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019We are committed to achieving our vision of being the global leader in sustainable gold mining. Our strategy is designed 
to enable the delivery of this vision through an integrated approach. Our strategy, which comprises four pillars – 
organisational capacity, internal business processes, stakeholders and financial performance – is further informed by our 
dedication to operational resilience, debt reduction and integrated thinking. 

•   Above median performance against peer group 

COST GUIDANCE (AIC)

CAPITAL RETURNS

US$1,035 – 1,055/oz2 
Cost guidance for 2020

15% return at US$1,300/oz  
and A$1,850/oz gold price per project/investment 

(ANALYSTS AND INVESTORS, EMPLOYEES, GOVERNMENT, COMMUNITIES)

•  Substantial implementation of community action plans 

• Increase in the number of influenced hired employees3

CAPITAL DISCIPLINE 
PROCESS

SAFETY, OCCUPATIONAL 
HEALTH AND WELLBEING

ORGANISATIONAL CULTURE

•  Substantial compliance of 
capital projects with time, 
cost and scope approvals

•  Substantial achievement 
of environmental, health 
and safety scorecard

•  Improve response to findings in employee climate surveys
•  Managers living the Gold Fields values as measured by  

360˚ assessment 

•  Increased diversity and inclusion among employees 

OF OUR  PORTFOLIO

Sustain improvements at  
South Deep

Delivery of  
Salares Norte

•  Deliver the 2020 guidance of 
8,000kg at R625,000/kg

•  Complete detailed 
engineering design

•  Commence with 

construction in Q4 2020

INNOVATION AND 
TECHNOLOGY

PEOPLE CAPACITY

•  Significant progress in 

•  75% cover for high impact and 

rolling out digital 
infrastructure

mission critical roles

GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE

•    No material deviations from compliance guidelines 
•    All audit findings resolved within agreed timeframes 

37

Lead indicators: indicators of performance that  drive outcomes/future successLag indicators: indicators of performance that show how successful we have been in achieving outcomes Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CEO REPORT Value delivery to our 
shareholders

•  Asset portfolio management 
•  Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves Summary 
•  Improving operational performance 
•  Strengthening the balance sheet 

p39
p44
p47
p52

The underground workshop at our South Deep mine in South Africa

38

ASSET PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 

Gold Fields’ overriding strategic objective 
is to improve the quality of its portfolio by 
lowering Group All-in costs (AIC), thereby 
increasing our free cash-flow (FCF) 
margin per ounce of gold produced. The 
goal is to generate a FCF margin of at 
least 15% at US$1,300/oz. To achieve 
this, we employ various elements in the 
portfolio management process, 
including:
•  Acquiring or developing lower-cost 
(than Group average), longer-life 
assets

•  Extending the life of current assets 
through near-mine brownfields 
exploration 

•  Focusing on in-country opportunities 
to leverage off our existing footprint, 
infrastructure and skills set, and 
capitalise on the experience we have 
gained from operating in these 
jurisdictions

•  Disposing of higher-cost, shorter-life 

assets that management believes can 
be better served by a company that 
has more time and resources to 
commit to them

In addition to increasing the cash 
generating ability of our portfolio, 
ensuring the sustainability of our 
production base has been a focus over 
the past three years. Last year marked a 
turning point after almost three years of 
significant capital investment and net 
cash-outflows. In 2019, the Group 
recorded a net cash-inflow of US$249m 
after two years of cash-outflows – 
US$33m in 2017 and US$122m in 2018. 

However, between 2017 and 2019, 
we generated total net cash-inflow of 
US$94m despite spending US$644m in 
project capital and US$163m on 
developing our Salares Norte project. 

With anticipated project capital on 
Gruyere and Damang having largely 
been spent, and Group production 
forecast to increase in 2020, FCF is 
expected to improve even further in 
2020. Management intends to allocate 
a portion of this FCF to de-gearing the 
balance sheet and funding the initial 
US$111m capital needed to build 
Salares Norte, while at the same time 
maintaining the policy of paying 25% – 
35% of normalised earnings as dividends 
to our shareholders. 

Growing our global footprint
Our active portfolio management 
approach has allowed us to build a 
geographically diversified portfolio with 
nine mines and one project in five 
countries, one of which is in South 
Africa. During 2019, the production base 
outside South Africa continued to grow, 
with the completion of the Gruyere 
project in Western Australia, the first 
full-year contribution from our 45% 
holding in the Asanko gold mine (AGM), 
and the build-up of production at 
Damang in Ghana. With 22Moz of 
attributable gold-equivalent Mineral 
Reserves (excluding Asanko) at 
31 December 2019 being outside South 
Africa – 42% of the total – our 
international assets are well positioned to 
produce in excess of 2Moz per annum 
over the next decade.

Encouragingly, South Deep in South 
Africa showed a marked operational 
improvement in 2019 following the 
restructuring towards the end of 2018, 
outperforming guidance by 15% and 
generating positive FCF for only the 
second time since we acquired the mine 
in 2006. A summary of our major 
projects and progress at South Deep is 
detailed on p40 – 42.

In another positive development, the 
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) 
for Salares Norte in Chile was approved 
by the Atacama Environmental 
Assessment Commission on 
18 December, earlier than anticipated. 
As such, an updated feasibility study (FS) 
indicating an internal rate of return of 
23% at a US$1,300/oz gold price and a 
2.3 year payback period was presented 
to the Board in February 2020. The 
Board granted final approval to proceed 
with the construction of the project. The 
US$860m (2020 basis) cost of the 
project is funded through cash-flow from 
the Group, existing debt facilities as well 
as US$249m from a successful equity 
raise completed in February 2020 soon 
after the Board gave the go-ahead.

Sale of equity holdings
During the course of 2019, Gold Fields 
took advantage of the favourable equity 
market conditions to divest a number of 
its non-core equity holdings, with the 
proceeds being used to pay down a 
portion of the Group’s debt. A total of 
US$179m was raised through these 
sales. We made a significant return on 
all these investments, as seen in the 
table below.

SALE OF NON-CORE HOLDINGS DURING 2019

Investment

Previous 
shareholding

Sold for

Acquired for (date)

Maverix Metals

19.9%

C$91m (US$67m)

Red 5

Gold Road Resources

Hummingbird 
Resources

19.9%
A$30m (US$21m)
9.9% A$126m (US$85m)
6.0%
£6m (US$7m)

Total 

US$180m

Gold Fields sold its royalty streaming portfolio in December 
2016 for a 32% stake in Maverix Metals, worth US$42m. 
Gold Fields retains 4.1m Maverix Metals warrants

A$12m (US$10m) (October 2017)

A$71m (US$54m) (March – May 2017)

Gold Fields sold its Yanfolila gold project in Mali to 
Hummingbird Resources in July 2014 for 25% of 
Hummingbird Resources shares, worth US$21m

39

PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS ASSET PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT continued

During 2019, Gold Fields acquired a 
strategic 16% shareholding in Chakana 
Copper for C$8m (US$6m). Chakana is 
currently advancing the prospective 
Soledad gold-silver project in central 
Peru. After the corporate actions last 
year, our key strategic shareholdings 
are shown in the adjacent table.

There were no material developments 
regarding the Far Southeast (FSE) 
project in the Philippines during 2019. 
The project is held by Far Southeast 
Gold Resources, in which Gold Fields 
has a 40% interest with an option to 
increase its stake to 60%, and is 
adjacent to an existing mining operation 
with established infrastructure. Lepanto 
Consolidated Mining Company of the 
Philippines (Lepanto) holds the 
remaining 60% interest and manages 
the existing mining operation. Gold 
Fields impaired its investment in FSE to 
US$82m in 2019, indirectly derived 

SOUTH DEEP
Following the restructuring at the end 
of 2018, South Deep demonstrated a 
notable improvement in most 
production and financial metrics during 
2019. These were the result of a 
culmination of initiatives driving safety, 
organisational culture, systems, 
processes and technical improvements. 
Among the key initiatives were: 
•  Reducing the workforce by about 
35% through the retrenchments of 
employees and decrease in the 
number of contractors

•  Reducing the size of the underground 
fleet to declutter the mine and allow 
for an improvement in machine 
utilisation and efficiencies

•  Restaffing South Shaft operations to 
a single shift per day by limiting its 
functions to providing water and 
backfill reticulation, water pumping 
and ventilation services to the full 
mining operation. The rest of the 
mine is being supplied via the Twin 
Shafts

•  Reducing non-sustaining capital 
expenditure (capex) related to 
new-mine development. This 
development is set to be restarted in 
H2 2020 and accelerated to open up 
new mining areas for the production 
build up

40

GOLD FIELDS’ MATERIAL INVESTMENTS – DECEMBER 2019

 Investment

Asanko Gold
Cardinal Resources1
Rusoro Mining
Chakana Copper
Magamatic Resources
Lefroy Exploration
Orsu Metals
Consolidated Woodjam Copper
Maverix Metals warrants

Total value (including warrants)

Shareholding

Market value
 (US$m)

9.9%
16.4%
25.7%
16.8%
12.5%
18.4%
6.2%
19.9%

21
17
6
3
3
2
1
1
12

66

1 Subsequent to year-end 2019, Gold Fields sold its holding in Cardinal Resources to Nord Gold for A$37m 

(US$23m)

from Lepanto’s market value on the 
Philippine Stock Exchange.

Gold Fields’ holding costs in FSE are 
approximately US$0.1m, related mainly 
to staff and administrative costs, 

In addition, management implemented 
a leadership programme called 
‘Siyaphambili’ (which means to move 
forward together), the primary focus of 
which is to improve the competencies 
of middle management and frontline 
teams to achieve the strategic culture 
change required to drive operational 
performance. We made good progress 
in 2019, with the new way of working 
reflected in improved production 
metrics throughout the mine: 
•  A record 426,338m3 of backfill was 

placed in 2019. As a result, there was 
a significant reduction in backfill 
backlog and an improvement in stope 
turnaround time to an average of 
4.9 months in 2019 from 7.8 months 
in 2018. Significant enhancements 
have also been made to both quality 
and process controls

•  De-stress square metres mined 

increased by 42% to 26,606m2 in 
2019 from 18,793m2 in 2018  
•  Longhole stoping volumes mined 

increased by 36% to 631,281 tonnes 
in 2019 from 463,348 tonnes in 
2018, as a result of improved stope 
availability, equipment productivity 
and extraction quality

•  Development decreased by 13% to 
4,412m in 2019 from 5,047m in 
2018, as the mine deliberately cut 
back on new-mine capital 
development

managing existing drill core, 
environmental monitoring, community 
relations work, as well as activities to 
support the permitting process. 

The mine’s overall productivity in 2019 
improved by 53% to 33.4 tonnes per 
employee costed (TEC) from 21.7 TEC 
in 2018. The overall efficiencies for 
development and destress improved to 
60m/rig per month in 2019 from 39m/
rig per month in 2018. These 
productivity improvements were 
underpinned by:
•  A reduction in fleet, which improved 

the ratio of available faces

•  An improvement in machine reliability, 
which resulted from the accelerated 
maintenance improvement 
programme

•  The implementation of a drill and 

blast quality control function
•  A culmination of the business 
improvement initiatives and 
leadership programmes rolled out by 
the mine 

As 2019 progressed, South Deep 
performed increasingly better, recording 
continuous quarterly improvement 
throughout the year. Production 
increased by 41% to 6,907kg (222koz) 
in 2019 from 4,885kg (157koz) in 2018, 
and was 15% ahead of guidance of 
6,000kg (193koz). The mine also 
contributed US$15m in net cash-inflow 
to the Group (p52). South Deep has 
issued guidance of 8,000kg (257koz) in 
production at AIC of R625,000/kg 
(US$1,340/oz).

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019GRUYERE
In November 2016, Gold Fields entered 
into a 50/50 joint venture (JV) with Gold 
Road Resources for the development 
and operation of the Gruyere gold 
project in the Yamarna belt of Western 
Australia. The JV comprises the Gruyere 
gold deposit and 144km2 of exploration 
tenements. Early work on Gruyere began 
in December 2016 and started in earnest 
in April 2017, which saw the start of the 
building phase completed in June 2019.

Pleasingly, Gruyere commenced 
production during 2019, with first gold 
recovered in June 2019 and sold in July 
2019, in line with the revised project 
schedule. Commercial production was 
attained at the end of September 2019, 
slightly ahead of this schedule. The ramp 
up was successfully completed during 
December 2019, with production hitting 
nameplate capacity of 8.2m tonnes per 
annum during the month.

Gold Fields’ portion of capex for 2019 
was A$104m (US$72m) (2018: A$180m 
(US$134m)), with the funds spent 
primarily on the completion of the 
Gruyere construction project and 
stripping activities at the Gruyere pit. The 
final capital cost for Gruyere’s 
construction was A$610m (100% basis), 
below the forecast of A$621m, Gold 
Fields’ share being A$329m.

Gruyere produced 99koz (100% basis) in 
2019, hitting the upper end of revised 
guidance. The mine also ended the year 
with 3.2Mt in stockpiles. AIC post-
commercial levels of production for the 
three months from September 2019 
were A$983/oz (US$684/oz). AIC for the 
full year were A$4,170/oz (US$2,900/oz) 
compared with the revised guidance of 
A$4,450/oz (US$3,095/oz). 

Guidance for Gruyere is 270koz (100% 
basis) in 2020 at All-in sustaining costs 
(AISC) of A$1,140/oz (US$785/oz) and 
AIC of A$1,150/oz (US$795m). This 
boosts Gold Fields’ attributable 
production in the Australian region to 
approximately 1Moz (p49).

Gruyere is currently the only Gold Fields 
site in Australia that has a comprehensive 
Native Title Agreement in place with the 
relevant traditional owners of the land on 
which the operations are located. The 
Gruyere and Central Bore Native Title 
Agreement provides consent to mine, as 
well as other financial, contracting and 
employment benefits for the community, 
and comprehensive processes for the 
management of Aboriginal heritage at 
Gruyere.

DAMANG
The Damang Reinvestment project 
commenced in December 2016 and 
entailed a major cutback to both the 
eastern and western walls of the 
Damang pit to extend the life-of-mine 
to 2025.

After outperforming the project plan 
in both 2017 and 2018, the project 
continued to progress well during 2019. 
At the end of 2019, 36 months into the 
project, total material mined amounted 
to 120m tonnes, 17% ahead of the 
project schedule. Gold produced for the 
same period was 533koz, 17% ahead of 
the planned 456koz. Project capital 
spent as at 31 December 2019 was 
US$347m, ahead of the US$313m 
budget, largely driven by the additional 
capital waste tonnes mined.

2019 was the last year of significant 
capex on the project, declining to 
US$71m from US$125m in 2018 and 
US$115m in 2017, in line with schedule. 

During H2 2019, production was 
impacted by lower grades as the mine 
transitioned through the Huni sandstone 
lithology, which will continue during H1 
2020. By mid-year, mining will transition 
into the higher and more consistent 
grade Tarkwa phyllites. As such, we 
expect a much stronger H2 2020. 

Damang generated net cash-flow of 
US$24m in 2019 compared with a 
cash-outflow of US$68m in 2018. This is 
the first year of positive free cash since 
the start of the project. The mine is 
expected to produce 215koz in 2020 at 
AISC of US$990/oz and AIC of 
US$1,030/oz.

ASANKO
Gold Fields entered into a 50/50 
incorporated JV with Canada’s Asanko 
Gold in March 2018. Our 45% stake in 
AGM is equity accounted as Asanko 
Gold remains the operator of the mine. 

AGM is a multi-deposit complex with two 
main deposits, Nkran and Esaase, and 
nine satellite deposits. The mine is 
situated 100km north of Gold Fields’ 
Tarkwa and Damang operations along 
the prospective and under-explored 
Asankrangwa greenstone belt in Ghana.

Work on embedding the acquisition of 
our 45% stake in AGM continued during 
2019. The mine produced 251koz 
(100% basis) at an AISC of US$1,112/oz 
and AIC of US$1,214/oz in 2019. 
Guidance for 2020 is 255koz (100% 
basis) at an AISC of US$1,000/oz and 
AIC of US$1,130/oz.

Together with our JV partners, we 
developed a new life-of-mine model 
based on updated geological modelling, 
with the main focus being on how to 
best develop and mine the sizeable 
Esaase deposit. The highlights of the 
life-of-mine model are:
•  Mineral Reserves of 2.32Moz and 
Mineral Resources of 3.45Moz

•  Estimated gold production of 2.1Moz 

over a 10-year life-of-mine at projected 
AISC of US$1,135/oz

•  Estimated average annual production 
of 242koz at AISC of US$1,048/oz for 
2020 and 2021

•  Projected FCF of US$91m (at 

US$1,400/oz) for 2020 and 2021
•  Life-of-mine capital projected at 

US$105m, including US$25m for the 
current resettlement of Tetrem village
•  Increased exploration within 21,000ha 

land package

41

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS ASSET PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT continued

•  Life-of-mine production of 3.7Moz 

gold-equivalent

•  Average annual production of 450koz 
gold-equivalent for the first seven 
years, and average annual production 
of 355koz gold-equivalent for the first 
10 years

•  AISC over the life-of-mine of 

US$552 per gold-equivalent ounce

The project is expected to meaningfully 
change the future profile of Gold Fields, 
providing growth in production and a 
reduction in Group AIC. The project 
capital of US$860m will be funded from 
Group cash-flows, existing debt facilities 
as well as an US$249m equity raise, 
successfully completed after the Board 
gave the go-ahead for construction. We 
have also finalised Group gold and 
foreign exchange hedges for the Chilean 
Peso to further ease funding pressures 
during the construction period.

Salares Norte controls 84,000ha of 
mineral rights in the Salares Norte district 
and has carried out extensive district-
wide exploration within a 20km radius of 
Salares Norte. During 2019, the district 
exploration yielded encouraging results 
at the Horizonte Project with further 
step-out potential in targets near the 
main Salares Norte pit. We will continue 
investing in exploration in the area, with 
the objective of adding to the production 
pipeline from 2025 onwards.

While there are no indigenous claims or 
community presence on the concession, 
Salares Norte has embarked on an 
extensive engagement programme with 
four indigenous communities in the wider 
vicinity of the project. The principal area 
of social influence of the project is the 
Diego de Almagro municipality, 
approximately 125km away. A long-term 
framework agreement has been signed 
with the municipality and its communities 
to govern the relationship. 

NEAR-MINE EXPLORATION
Near-mine exploration plays a key role in 
Gold Fields’ strategy as we believe it 
offers one of the lowest-cost 
opportunities for growing cash-flow, 
particularly on a per share basis. The 
value in near-mine exploration lies in:
•  Knowledge of the ore bodies, which 
enables the exploration teams to 
identify extensions or additional ore 
sources housed within the mining 
tenement 

•  Operational capabilities, including Gold 
Fields’ proven ability to develop and 
mine orogenic ore bodies
•  Regional and operational 

infrastructure, including existing 
processing plants and regional 
management teams

In addition to adding to Gold Fields’ 
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves 
base, near-mine exploration:
•  Extends the life of the Group’s existing 

mines 

•  Ensures each region can continue to 

leverage its infrastructure

•  Provides a robust platform for regional 

growth

In 2019, Gold Fields spent US$73m on 
near-mine exploration (2018: US$80m), 
which supported a total of 428,980m of 
near-mine drilling (2018: 507,497m). 
The majority of this spending – US$58m 
(A$84m) (2018: US$63m (A$85m)) – 
was incurred at our Australian mines. 
US$13m was spent in Ghana, including 
US$5m at Asanko, amid a renewed 
focus on extending the life of our Tarkwa 
mine. In addition, we spent US$5m at 
Cerro Corona and a further US$13m on 
district exploration activities in the vicinity 
of our Salares Norte project.

For 2020, Gold Fields has budgeted 
US$70m for near-mine exploration, of 
which A$74m (US$52m) will be at our 
Australian operations. The 2019 
performance numbers for Mineral 
Reserves on the next page are net of 
depletion.

St Ives
At St Ives, total exploration spend in 
2019 was A$36m (US$25m). A total of 
138,333m were drilled during the year, 
resulting in a 12% increase in Mineral 
Resources to 4.4Moz and a 31% 
increase in Mineral Reserves to 2.3Moz, 
net of depletion. 

SALARES NORTE
The Salares Norte project is 100% Gold 
Fields-owned. It is a gold-silver deposit 
in the Atacama region of northern Chile, 
with mineralisation contained within a 
high-sulphidation epithermal system, 
offering high-grade oxides. The project 
is elevated 4,200m – 4,900m above sea 
level.

Land easement was granted on 
30 May 2016 for 30 years. Water rights 
for the project were obtained in 
December 2016, with the DGA granting 
Gold Fields access to more than four 
times the amount of water that the 
project requires. As at end-December 
2019, detailed engineering was 58% 
complete, with the plan to be 80% 
complete by mid-2020 and 100% 
complete by year-end.

The initial FS on the project was 
completed in late 2018, and the EIA 
approved by the Atacama Environmental 
Assessment Commission in December 
2019. This was earlier than estimated 
and, given the healthy position of the 
Company, an updated FS and the 
decision to proceed with construction 
and development of Salares Norte was 
approved by the Board in February 
2020.

The results of the updated FS did not 
differ materially from the initial FS, with 
updated estimated capex slightly higher 
at US$860m (in 2020 terms). Capex is 
scheduled over a 33-month period 
commencing in April 2020. US$138m 
is budgeted to be spent on the Salares 
Norte project in 2020, which comprises 
US$27m of pre-development 
expenditure and capex of US$111m.

The other key elements of the updated 
FS include:
•  Mineral Reserves of 3.5Moz of gold 

and 39Moz of silver for a gold-
equivalent Reserve of 4.0Moz as at 
December 2019

•  11.5-year life-of-mine
•  Construction is scheduled to 

commence in Q4 2020, with first 
production in Q1 2023

•  Annual throughput of 2Mt of ore

42

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Key outcomes:
•  31% increase in Mineral Reserves
•  12% increase in Mineral Resources
•  Extensions of the Invincible complex 

both laterally and at depth

St Ives Mineral Reserve reconciliation
Gold (Moz)

4
9
0

.

8
2

.

2

5
4

.

0

)

0
4

.

0

(

4
7
1

.

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Mineral 
Reserves
2018

Mined 
depletion
2019

Growth 
2019

Mineral 
Reserves
2019

Agnew
A$26m (US$18m) was spent on 
exploration at Agnew during 2019, and a 
total of 74,914m were drilled during the 
year. Encouragingly, Agnew managed to 
replace Reserves after depletion again 
during 2019. Mineral Resources 
increased 23% to 2.5Moz, while Mineral 
Reserves increased 38% to 0.8Moz.

The exploration efforts of the past few 
years are starting to bear fruit, with 
Waroonga North growing laterally and at 
depth. A maiden Reserve has been 
declared at Redeemer Zone 2, while we 
are seeing further extensions of Genesis 
and Sheba at New Holland.

Key outcomes:
•  38% increase in Mineral Reserves
•  23% increase in Mineral Resources
•  Maiden Reserve declared at 

Redeemer Zone 2 

•  Waroonga North growing laterally and 

at depth

Agnew Mineral Reserve reconciliation
Gold (Moz)

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.0

5
4
.
0

7
7
.
0

5
4
.
0

)

4
2
.
0

(

6
5
.
0

Mineral 
Reserves
2018

Mined 
depletion
2019

Growth 
2019

Mineral 
Reserves
2019

Granny Smith
Total exploration spend at Granny Smith 
amounted to A$20m (US$14m) in 2019. 
A total of 142,891m were drilled during 
the year, which resulted in a 473koz (6%) 
increase in Mineral Resources. The team 
was unable to replace what it mined, 
with Mineral Reserves decreasing 
168koz (8%) at the Wallaby Underground 
mine during 2019. 

As at 31 December 2019, Granny 
Smith’s Mineral Resources and Mineral 
Reserves were 8.3Moz and 2.1Moz, 
respectively. 

Key outcomes:
•  5% decrease in Mineral Reserves
•  6% increase in Mineral Resources

Granny Smith Mineral Reserve reconciliation
Gold (Moz)

)

9
2
.
0
5 (
4
.
0

5
2
.
2

2
1
.
0

8
0
.
2

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Mineral 
Reserves
2018

Mined 
depletion
2019

Growth 
2019

Mineral 
Reserves
2019

Gruyere
Gold Fields portion (50%) of the 
exploration spend at Gruyere was A$2m 
(US$1m) in 2019. A total of 11,309m 
were drilled during the year. Changes to 
the Mineral Resource and Mineral 
Reserve were relatively minor at the end 
of 2019. Further study work is planned 
during 2020 that will assess the potential 
to incorporate the results of the 2019 
drilling. 

As at 31 December 2019, Gold Fields 
portion (50%) of the Gruyere Mineral 
Resources and Mineral Reserves was 
3.3Moz and 1.8Moz, respectively. 

Tarkwa
Gold Fields spent US$6m in near mine 
exploration at Tarkwa during the year, 
drilling 27,007m. Pleasingly, Tarkwa was 
able to replace depletion in 2019, the 
first time the mine was able to do this in 
15 years. Tarkwa’s Mineral Reserves 
increased 2% to 5.9Moz, while Mineral 
Resources increased 9% to 10.9Moz. 

Early exploration drilling has signalled 
untapped down dip potential along 
22km of strike length.

Key outcomes:
•  2% increase in Mineral Reserves
•  9% increase in Mineral Resources
•  Tarkwa replaced depletion for the first 

time in 15 years 

Tarkwa Mineral Reserve reconciliation
Gold (Moz)

8
7

.

5

)

3
5

.

0

(

4
6

.

0

9
8

.

5

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Mineral 
Reserves
2018

Mined 
depletion
2019

Growth 
2019

Mineral 
Reserves
2019

Damang
While we focused on implementing our 
Damang Reinvestment plan, Gold Fields 
also spent US$2m in near-mine 
exploration during the year. A total of 
13,190m were drilled. Despite the 
exploration effort, Mineral Resources 
decreased 2% to 5.9Moz and Mineral 
Reserves decreased 17% to 1.3Moz, 
net of depletion.

Key outcomes:
•  17% decrease in Mineral Reserves
•  2% decrease in Mineral Resources

Damang Mineral Reserve reconciliation
Gold (Moz)

)

3
2
.
0

(

)

4
0
.
0

(

2
6
.
1

5
3
.
1

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Mineral 
Reserves
2018

Mined 
depletion
2019

Growth 
2019

Mineral 
Reserves
2019

Asanko
Gold Fields portion (50%) of the 
exploration spend at Asanko was 
US$5m in 2019. A total of 5,971m 
were drilled during the year. As at 
31 December 2019, Gold Fields portion 
(45%) of the Asanko Mineral Resources 
and Mineral Reserves was 1.7Moz and 
1.1Moz, respectively. 

43

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS MINERAL RESOURCE AND MINERAL RESERVE SUMMARY

GOLD FIELDS MINERAL RESOURCES AND MINERAL RESERVES ESTIMATES
Mineral Resources headline numbers1

Managed Mineral Resources

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

Tonnes
(Mt)
1,097.8
891.7

Grade
(g/t)
2.93
0.69

Au
(Moz)
103.6
19.8

Tonnes
(Mt)
1,002.1
891.7

Grade
(g/t)
2.96
0.69

Au
(Moz)
95.5
19.8

Au (Moz)
96.1
7.9

1,989.4

1.93

123.4

1,893.8

1.89

115.3

104.0

Individual metals detailed in table below

88.7
7.9

96.6

2.0
22.7
0.6
148.7

1.9
22.7
0.6
140.5

2.0
9.1
0.6
115.7

1.9
9.1
0.6
108.2

Managed Mineral Resources

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(koz)

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(koz)

Mineral Resources
(koz)

14.0
49.4
34.5
76.8
174.7

355.1
355.1

114.6
25.6
140.1

35.5
84.4
233.1
74.8
307.9
427.8

5.60
5.23
3.97
1.34
3.30

5.27
5.27

0.60
4.76
1.36

1.69
2.18
1.30
0.47
1.10
1.36

2,521
8,310
4,403
3,309
18,544

60,130
60,130

2,213
3,913
6,126

1,931
5,918
9,774
1,138
10,913
18,762

12.3
46.2
33.2
77.7
169.5

328.0
328.0

107.7
25.6
133.2

85.1
213.2
73.1
268.3
371.4

5.16
5.27
3.68
1.32
3.14

5.32
5.32

0.65
4.76
1.44

2.21
1.30
0.46
1.08
1.34

2,049
7,837
3,928
3,305
17,120

2,521
8,310
4,403
3,309
18,544

2,049
7,837
3,928
3,305
17,120

56,152
56,152

54,534
54,534

50,955
50,955

2,263
3,910
6,173

6,058
8,891
1,091
9,983
16,040

2,203
3,913
6,116

1,738
5,326
8,797
1,025
9,822
16,886

2,252
3,910
6,162

5,452
8,002
982
8,984
14,436

1,097.8

2.93

103,562

1,002.1

2.96

95,485

96,080

88,674

Managed Mineral Resources

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Tonnes
(Mt)
112.5

Tonnes
(Mt)
25.6

Grade
(% Cu)
0.36

Grade
(g/t)
53.14

Cu
(Mlb)
886

Ag
(koz)
43,662

Tonnes
(Mt)
102.7

Tonnes
(Mt)
25.6

Grade
(% Cu)
0.37

Grade
(g/t)
53.13

Cu
(Mlb)
848

Ag
(koz)
43,664

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

Attributable Cu
(Mlb)

882

844

Attributable Ag
(koz)

43,662

43,664

Gold (Au) only
Total regions2
Total projects3
Total operating mines and 
projects
Copper (Cu) and Silver (Ag) as 
Au equiv. (Moz)
Cerro Corona Cu as Au equiv5
FSE Cu as Au equiv6
Salares Norte Ag as Au equiv7
Grand total as Au equivalents

Operational summary1

Au
Australia region
Agnew
Granny Smith
St Ives
Gruyere1
Total Australia region
South African region
South Deep
Total South Africa region
Americas region
Cerro Corona – Peru
Salares Norte – Chile
Total Americas region
Ghanaian region
Asanko10
Damang
Tarkwa – Open pits
Tarkwa – Stockpiles
Tarkwa – Total
Total West Africa region
Gold Fields operations – total 
Au

Americas region
Cu
Cerro Corona (Cu) only

Americas region
Ag
Salares Norte (Ag) only

44

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Mineral Reserves headline numbers1

Managed Mineral Reserves

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

Au only
Total operating mines and 
projects2
Cu and Ag as Au equiv.
Cerro Corona Cu as Au equiv8
Salares Norte Ag as Au equiv?9
Grand Total as Au equivalents

Operational summary1

Au

Australia region
Agnew
Granny Smith
St Ives
Gruyere1
Total Australia region
South Africa region
South Deep4
Total South Africa region
Americas region
Cerro Corona
Salares Norte
Total Americas region
Ghanaian region
Asanko10
Damang
Tarkwa – Open pits
Tarkwa – Stockpiles
Tarkwa – Total
Total West Africa region
Gold Fields operations – 
total Au

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(Moz)

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(Moz)

Au
(Moz)

609.5

2.72

2.74
Individual metals detailed in table below

589.1

53.2

1.4
0.6
55.2

51.9

1.6
0.6
54.0

49.3

1.4
0.6
51.3

48.1

1.6
0.6
50.3

Managed Mineral Reserves

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(koz)

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Au
(koz)

Mineral Reserves
(koz)

4.6
12.5
20.9
45.2
83.2

183.3
183.3

73.5
21.1
94.6

26.7
25.0
121.8
74.8
196.7
248.4

5.17
5.18
3.40
1.24
2.59

5.57
5.57

0.66
5.13
1.65

1.38
1.68
1.21
0.47
0.93
1.06

772
2,078
2,283
1,795
6,928

32,817
32,817

1,553
3,476
5,029

1,189
1,349
4,756
1,138
5,894
8,432

3.7
12.6
19.1
47.1
82.5

182.3
182.3

79.9
21.1
101.0

28.9
121.4
73.1
194.5
223.4

4.72
5.54
2.84
1.25
2.43

5.60
5.60

0.68
5.13
1.61

1.74
1.20
0.46
0.92
1.03

560
2,246
1,741
1,894
6,441

772
2,078
2,283
1,795
6,928

560
2,246
1,741
1,894
6,441

32,808
32,808

29,763
29,763

29,772
29,772

1,737
3,476
5,213

1,616
4,687
1,091
5,778
7,394

1,546
3,476
5,022

1,070
1,214
4,280
1,025
5,305
7,589

1,729
3,476
5,205

1,454
4,218
982
5,200
6,654

609.5

2.72

53,207

589.1

2.74

51,856

49,302

48,072

Managed Mineral Reserves

Attributable ounces

December 2019

December 2018

Dec 
 2019

Dec 
 2018

(Peru) – Cerro Corona8
Cu
Cu only

Tonnes
(Mt)
73.5

Grade
(% Cu)
0.38

Cu
(Mlb)
619

Tonnes
(Mt)
79.9

Grade
(% Cu)
0.39

Cu
(Mlb)
695

Attributable Cu
(Mlb)

616

691

(Chile) – Salares Norte9  
Ag
Ag only
1  Managed unless otherwise stated; Gruyere only reports the 50% share attributable to Gold Fields; Measured and Indicated Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of 

Mineral Reserves
(koz)

Tonnes
(Mt)
21.1

Tonnes
(Mt)
21.1

Ag
(koz)
39,263

Ag
(koz)
39,263

Grade
(g/t)
57.94

Grade
(g/t)
57.94

39,263

39,263

those Mineral Resources modified to produce Mineral Reserves

2  Salares Norte and FSE are included in the Americas and Australia regions, respectively
3  Projects – FSE Inferred Resources only
4  Reserves grade is inclusive of in section development tonnes, which cannot be separated from the ore flow, however, capital waste is excluded as there is a potential to 

separate it in the future

5  Metal prices used for equiv oz: US$1,400/oz Au and US$3.2/lb Cu. The metallurgical recovery rate (Au=69% and Cu=87%) and selling cost, have not been applied to the 

conversion. Calculation: CuMlbs*Cu Price (848*3.2)/Au price (1,400) = 1.9 Au equivalent (eq.) Moz

6  Metal prices used for eq. oz: US$1,400/oz Au and US$3.2/lb Cu. The selling cost, including refining and royalties, plus metallurgical recovery rate (Au=82% and Cu=93%), 

have not been applied to the conversion. Calculation: CuMlbs*Cu Price (9,921*3.2)/Au price (1,400) = 22.7 Au eq. Moz.

7  Metal prices used for eq. oz: US$1,400/oz Au and US$20/oz Ag. Equivalency is based on the price ratio only – metallurgical recoveries (93% Au, 68% Ag) and selling costs 

(US$16.76/oz Au, US$1.41/oz Ag), including refining and royalties (1%) have not been included. (43.7*20/1400 = 0.6Moz Au eq.)

8  Metal prices used for eq. oz: US$1,200/oz Au and US$2.8/lb Cu. The selling cost, including refining and royalties, plus metallurgical recovery rate (Au=69% and Cu=87%), 

has not been applied to the conversion. Calculation: CuMlbs*Cu Price (695*2.8)/Au price (1,200) = 1.6 Au eq. Moz

9  Metal prices used for eq. oz: US$1,200/oz Au and US$17.5/oz Ag. The selling cost, including refining and royalties, plus metallurgical recovery rate (Au=93% and 

Cu=68%), have not been applied to the conversion. Calculation: AgMoz*Ag Price (39.3*17.5)/Au price/oz (1,200) = 0.6 Au eq. Moz

10  Asanko 50% Gold Fields share – Owned (attributable) Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources not Managed

45

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS MINERAL RESOURCE AND MINERAL RESERVE SUMMARY 
continued

The consolidated summary of Gold 
Fields’ Mineral Resources and Mineral 
Reserves in this section should be read 
in conjunction with the Gold Fields 
Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve 
Supplement (the Supplement), which 
can be found on our website at  
www.goldfields.com/integrated-
annual-reports.php. The Supplement 
sets out important and detailed technical 
information on the Company’s Mineral 
Resources and Mineral Reserves as at 
31 December 2019. It is prepared in line 
with the South African Code for the 
Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral 
Resources and Mineral Reserves, 2016 
edition (SAMREC Code) and other 
leading standards as well as stock 
exchange regulations. 

The management of the Company’s 
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves 
is central to delivering on its strategic 
goals and key performance targets. The 
significant focus on internal portfolio 
investment is secured through the 
funding of near-mine exploration, 
reinvestment in the sustainability and 
growth of the operations, embedded 
Business Improvement and 
modernisation programmes, and the 
advancement of value-accretive projects. 

The Group continued with its strategy of 
focusing on near-mine exploration to 
extend mine life during the year. The 
multi-year investment in exploration has 
delivered one of the best operational 
Reserves replacement years for Gold 
Fields during 2019. The emphasis at all 
mine sites is to drive Resources to 
Reserves conversion, strive for Mineral 
Reserves growth that replaces annual 
depletion, improve cash-flow and cost 
per ounce, and to deliver on the strategic 
opportunities to extend the life-of-mines. 

Key projects supporting the Company’s 
Resources and Reserves development 
strategy continued during 2019. Apart 
from the progress at Salares Norte, 
these projects included embedding the 
operating model restructuring at South 
Deep, delivering on key milestones of the 
Damang Reinvestment plan, completing 
the Feasibility study for the Cerro Corona 
life extension and, critically, commencing 
production at Gruyere. 

Headline numbers
As at end-2019, the Group had total 
managed gold Resources, including 
projects, of 123.4Moz (2018: 115.3Moz), 
and gold Reserves of 53.2Moz (2018: 
51.9Moz) for operating mines, inclusive 
of the Asanko gold mine (AGM), of which 
45% is attributable to Gold Fields, and 
the Salares Norte project. The Group 
total managed Resources, including the 
Far Southeast (FSE) project in the 
Philippines, reporting all metal as gold 
equivalent ounces, is 148.7Moz (2018: 
140.5Moz) and the Reserves is 55.2Moz 
(2018: 54.0Moz). The total attributable 
gold-equivalent Reserves are 51.3Moz 
(2018: 50.3Moz), with the contribution to 
Group Reserves from outside of South 
Africa growing to 21.5Moz (2018: 
20.5Moz). 

The attributable gold Resources for 
operating mines, including AGM and 
Salares Norte, has increased year-on-
year by 8.4% to 96.1Moz (2018: 
88.7Moz), and attributable Reserves 
reflect a 2.6% increase to 49.3Moz 
(2018: 48.1Moz), both net of annual 
production depletion (2.4Moz). 

Notable Resources highlights include 
year-on-year increases of 23% at Agnew, 
12% at St Ives, 9% at Tarkwa, 7% at 
South Deep and 6% at Granny Smith, 
all net of annual depletion. This reflects a 
strengthening of the Resources base 
and project pipeline in Australia and 
Ghana, which is fundamental to 
providing the platform for the next 
generation mining fronts in these regions. 

Notable Reserves highlights include the 
outstanding year-on-year increases of 
31% at St Ives, 38% at Agnew and 
2% at Tarkwa, all net of annual 
production depletion. This reflects the 
largest Reserve at St Ives since 2011, 
the largest Reserve at Agnew since 
2014, and the first time Tarkwa has fully 
replaced Reserves depletion in 15 years. 

Governance
The Group’s December 2019 Mineral 
Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate 
is compiled in accordance with the 
requirements of the SAMREC Code, 
2016 edition and the South African Code 
for the Reporting of Mineral Asset 
Valuation (2016 SAMVAL Code). The 
SAMREC Code covers public reporting 

and information that is prepared for 
investors or potential investors and their 
advisers, as well as other interested 
parties. Reporting is also in accordance 
with section 12 of the Johannesburg 
Stock Exchange (JSE) Listings 
Requirements and takes cognisance of 
other relevant international codes where 
geographically applicable including 
Industry Guide 7 for reporting on the 
United States (US) Securities and 
Exchange Commission (SEC). 

For reporting Mineral Resources and 
Mineral Reserves, Gold Fields’ over-
arching principle is to ensure 
transparency, materiality and 
competency in reporting, compliance 
with public regulatory codes and internal 
standards, and to inform all stakeholders 
of relevant material issues regarding the 
status of the Group’s fundamental asset 
base. In this regard important information 
on the ‘key developments and material 
issues’ summarised for each operating 
asset and for the Salares Norte project 
should be referenced in the Supplement.

The Competent Persons (CPs) 
designated in terms of SAMREC, who 
take responsibility for the reporting of 
Gold Fields’ Mineral Resources and 
Mineral Reserves with the respective 
regions, are the relevant operation-based 
Geologists, Resource Estimators, 
Geotechnical Engineers, Mine Planning 
Engineers, Processing Engineers, 
Technical Managers and relevant Project 
Managers, as listed in the Supplement. 
Corporate governance on the overall 
regulatory compliance of these figures 
has been overseen and consolidated by 
the Gold Fields CP, Tim Rowland, who is 
a member of the Corporate Technical 
Services team. 

Gold Fields follows an embedded 
process of third-party reviews in line with 
company policy that directs each 
operation or material project will be 
reviewed by an independent third-party 
on average no more than once every 
three years or when triggered by a 
material new Mineral Resource and/or 
Mineral Reserve declaration. This 
process provides expert independent 
assurance regarding the Mineral 
Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates 
and compliance to the appropriate 
reporting codes on a routine basis.  

46

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019IMPROVING OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE 

Gold Fields’ strategy is to improve 
margins by lowering the All-in costs (AIC) 
of existing mines and by investing in 
assets that lower the average Group 
AIC. We believe that this will ultimately 
improve free cash-flow (FCF) generation 
and enable us to achieve our underlying 
goal of generating a FCF margin of at 
least 15% per region at a gold price of 
US$1,300/oz.

While improving FCF per ounce of gold 
produced is management’s priority, 
ensuring the longevity of the portfolio 
and its cash generating ability is equally 
important. As such, we continued to 
invest in the portfolio during 2019:
•  A$96m (US$67m) was spent on the 
Gruyere project in Western Australia, 
which started production in H2 2019 
(p41)

•  US$71m in project capital was spent 

at our Damang mine in Ghana. 
Damang’s 2019 production of 208koz 
was a 15% increase on 2018 (p41)

•  We continued our aggressive 

near-mine exploration spending at our 
Australian mines and, during 2019, we 
spent A$84m (US$58m), including 
Gruyere (p43)

•  US$49m (2018: US$61m) was spent 
on feasibility study (FS) work, further 
exploration drilling, as well as 
environmental and social expenditures 
at Salares Norte in Chile. The Board 
gave the go-ahead for construction in 
February 2020, and the mine is set to 
be operational by early 2023 (p42)

Despite ongoing investments in our 
portfolio, strong operational 
performances from our Australian, 
West African and South American 
assets, together with the stabilisation of 
South Deep in South Africa, resulted in 
the Group meeting production and cost 
guidance for the year and generating 
higher than anticipated cash-flow. This, 
together with the sale of non-core equity 
investments (Maverix, Red 5, 
Hummingbird Resources and Gold 
Road), enabled Gold Fields to reduce its 
net debt from US$1,687m at end-2018 
to US$1,331m (pre-IFRS 16) at the end 
of 2019. For a more in-depth update on 
the balance sheet and debt 
management, refer to p52.

GROUP OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

2020 Guidance

2019 Actual

2019 Guidance

2018 Actual

Prod 
(Moz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(kg)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(Moz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(Moz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Group

2.28 – 2.32 1,035 – 1,055

2.20

1,064

2.13 – 2.18 1,075 – 1,095

2.04

1,173

Gold Fields’ attributable gold-equivalent 
production increased by 8% to 
2.195Moz in 2019 (2018: 2.036Moz), 
driven predominantly by the stabilisation 
of South Deep following the restructuring 
in 2018, the first full-year production 
contribution from the Asanko gold mine 
(AGM), a 15% increase in production at 
Damang, and the initial contribution from 
Gruyere (50koz attributable) in Western 
Australia.

The Group achieved AIC of US$1,064/oz 
in 2019, which was below guidance and 
9% lower than the US$1,173/oz 
recorded in 2018. The year-on-year 
decrease in AIC was driven by the 
reduction in non-sustaining capital, 
coupled with the higher level of gold 
sold. Group All-in sustaining costs (AISC) 
also decreased, down to US$970/oz 
from US$981/oz in 2018, and were 
lower than guidance.

During 2019, Gold Fields maintained 
capex levels that, we believe, are critical 
to sustain the portfolio. As a result of the 
project capital at Damang and Gruyere 
tapering off during 2019, Group capex 
declined to US$613m (excluding AGM) 
from US$814m in 2018. This comprised 
sustaining capex of US$476m and 
growth capital of US$137m. 

Regional capex included:
•  Americas: At Cerro Corona, capex 

increased by 70% to US$56m in 2019 
from US$33m in 2018 due to 
construction of the new waste storage 
facility, as well as infrastructure 
reallocation expenses relating to the 
life extension plan

•  Australia: Our Australian mines’ 
capex decreased to A$458m 
(US$319m) in 2019 from A$553m 
(US$413m) in 2018, with near-mine 
exploration spending amounting to 
A$84m (US$58m) in 2019 (2018: 
A$85m (US$63m))

•  South Africa: Total capex at South 

Deep decreased to US$33m in 2019 
from US$58m in 2018, with no project 
capital being spent during the year 
(2018: US$18m)

•  West Africa: Capex, excluding on 

AGM, decreased to US$202m (2018: 
US$295m), driven predominantly by 
the lower project capital at Damang 
(which decreased from US$125m in 
2018 to US$71m in 2019)

47

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS IMPROVING OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE continued

SOUTH AFRICA REGION

2020 Guidance

2019 Actual

2019 Guidance

2018 Actual

Prod 
(kg)

AIC 
(R/kg)

Prod 
(kg)

AIC 
(R/kg)

Prod 
(kg)

AIC 
(R/kg)

Prod 
(kg)

AIC 
(R/kg)

South Deep

8,000
(257koz)

625,000
(US$1,340/
oz)

6,907 
(222koz)

585,482
(US$1,259/
oz)

610,000    

6,000 
(193koz)

(US$1,394/
oz)

4,885 
(157koz)

854,049 
(US$2,012/
oz)

As expected, South Deep got off to a 
slow start in 2019 following the 
restructuring programme implemented 
during the latter part of 2018, then 
recorded continuous improvements 
throughout the rest of the year.

Encouragingly, production for the year 
increased by 41% to 6,907kg (222koz) in 
2019, up from 4,885kg (157koz) in 2018 
– coming in 15% ahead of guidance.

Capex decreased by 38% to R479m 
(US$33m) in 2019 from R770m 
(US$58m) in 2018. South Deep did not 

spend any non-sustaining capex during 
2019 due to the temporary suspension 
of new mine development activities as 
communicated as part of the 
restructuring announcement at the end 
of 2018. In 2020, capex will increase 
with guidance at R995m (US$68m), of 
which R775m (US$53m) will be 
sustaining capex and R220m (US$15m) 
non-sustaining capex.   

During 2019, AISC decreased by 28% to 
R585,482/kg (US$1,259/oz), while AIC 
– which equalled AISC in 2019 because 

of the suspension of non-sustaining 
capex – was 31% lower than the 
R854,049/kg (US$2,012/oz) recorded in 
2018. The decreases in AISC and AIC 
were mainly driven by the increased gold 
sold, as well as the reduced capex 
incurred during the year.

To cap the operational progress, South 
Deep generated net cash-flow of 
US$15m in 2019 compared with an 
outflow of US$146m in 2018.

AMERICAS REGION

Production overview

Gold-only production
Copper production
Gold-equivalent production
AIC
AIC eq-oz

2020 
Guidance

2019 
Actual

2019 
Guidance

2018 
Actual

koz
kt
koz
US$/oz
US$/oz

158
27
275
575
830

156
31
293
472
810

153
28
291
566
802

150
32
314
282
699

At Cerro Corona in Peru total managed 
gold-equivalent production of 293koz in 
2019 (2018: 314koz), was slightly higher 
than the gold-equivalent production 
guidance for the year.

and AIC were slightly above guidance in 
2019 at US$810/oz (2018: US$699/oz). 
The increase in AISC and AIC was 
primarily due to lower by-product credits 
and lower gold sold.

facility and the reallocation of 
infrastructure expenses (such as access 
roads, blasting supplies warehouse, and 
general warehouse) for the life extension 
plan.

AISC and AIC amounted to US$472/oz 
in 2019 compared with US$282/oz in 
2018. On a gold-equivalent basis, AISC 

Capex increased by 70% to US$56m 
(2018: US$33m) as a result of the 
construction of a new waste storage 

Cerro Corona reported net cash-inflow of 
US$86m during 2019 (2018: US$112m).

48

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019AUSTRALIA REGION

2020 Guidance

2019 Actual

2019 Guidance

2018 Actual

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(A$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(A$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(A$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(A$/oz)

St Ives

Agnew

Granny Smith

Gruyere (50%)

Region

360

225

265

135

985

1,320
 (US$924)
1,440 
(US$995)
1,415 
(US$975)
1,150 
(US$795)
1,350
(US$932)

1,385
(US$963)
1,656
(US$1,152)
1,325 
(US$922)
4,170 
(US$2,900)
1,418 
(US$986)

371

219

275

50

914

1,342 
(US$1,007)
1,538 
(US$1,154)
1,370 
(US$1,028)
4,4501
(US$3,092)
1,518        
(US$1,139)

362

221

260

59

902

1,207 
(US$902/oz)
1,374 
(US$1,026)
1,239 
(US$925)

367

239

280

1,262 
(US$943/oz)

886

1 The guidance included the remaining project capital, largely for H1 2019

Gold Fields’ Australian operations 
delivered another strong performance in 
2019. Attributable gold production of 
914koz was better than full-year 
guidance of 902koz, underpinned by the 
inclusion of Gruyere production during 
H2 2019. AIC of A$1,418/oz (US$986/
oz) was below guidance. Production was 
3% higher than in 2018 (886koz).

Capex decreased to A$458m 
(US$319m) from A$553m (US$413m) in 
2018, due to reduced spending on 
Gruyere in 2019. This includes near-mine 
exploration expenditure of A$84m 
(US$58m), slightly lower than the A$85m 
(US$63m) spent in 2018.

The Australia region reported a net 
cash-inflow of A$199m (US$139m) in 
2019, including Gruyere growth capital 
of A$104m (US$72m), compared with 
A$40m (US$30m) in 2018, when 
Gruyere reported a cash-outflow of 
A$218m (US$163m).  

Mine performances
St Ives continued its transition to being 
a predominantly underground operation 
during 2019, with mining of the Invincible 
open pit being largely phased out during 
the year. Invincible Underground, Hamlet 
Underground and the Neptune open pit 
are now the main sources of ore at 
St Ives. The shift to an underground 
focus at St Ives requires a different focus 
in terms of engineering, mining and 
HR management.

Production increased by 1% to 371koz 
in 2019 from 367koz in 2018, and was 
2% above guidance. AIC increased 
15% to A$1,385/oz (US$963/oz) in 2019 
from A$1,207/oz (US$902/oz) in 2018, 
and was 3% above full-year guidance.

Capex decreased by 17% to A$141m 
(US$98m) in 2019 from A$170m 
(US$127m) in 2018, due to reduced 
pre-stripping of the open pits combined 
with lower spend on mining infrastructure 
in 2019. St Ives generated net cash-flow 
of A$158m (US$110m) for the year.

A review of the mine’s brownfields 
exploration activity in 2019 is on p43.

At Agnew, gold production decreased 
8% to 219koz in 2019 from 239koz in 
2018, and was 1% lower than guidance. 
AIC increased by 21% to A$1,656/oz 
(US$1,152/oz) in 2019 from A$1,374/oz 
(US$1,026/oz) in 2018 due to a 
decrease in gold sold and increases in 
cost of sales before amortisation and 
depreciation, as well as higher capex. 
As a result, Agnew generated lower net 
cash-flow of A$16m (US$11m) in 2019, 
compared with A$92m (US$69m) in 
2018.

Capex increased 12% to A$109m 
(US$76m) in 2019 from A$98m 
(US$73m) in 2018. The increase was 
driven by the A$32m (US$22m) cost of 
building a new accommodation village 
(we previously rented rooms from BHP 
Billiton in near-by Leinster). The first 
buildings for the camp arrived on 
15 December 2018 and construction 
commenced in January 2019. 

Commissioning of the 450 rooms and 
the central facilities occurred on 
schedule in May 2019. 

In addition, in June 2019 Gold Fields and 
global energy group, EDL, announced a 
A$112m investment in a world-leading 
energy microgrid, which combines wind, 
solar, gas and battery storage and will 
result in over 50% of Agnew’s energy 
requirements being supplied from 
renewable and low-carbon sources. 
The 23MW power station that integrates 
solar with gas and diesel was 
commissioned in November 2019, while 
construction of the five wind turbines 
was completed in February 2020 (p69).

The significant investments in Agnew’s 
camp and microgrid is a testament to 
our confidence in the future of the 
operation, as reflected in its successful 
near-mine exploration activities, which 
saw Mineral Reserves improve markedly 
in 2019 (p43).

At Granny Smith, production decreased 
by 2% to 275koz in 2019 from 280koz in 
2018, but still came in 6% ahead of 
guidance. AIC increased by 7% to 
A$1,325/oz (US$922/oz) in 2019, up 
from A$1,239/oz (US$925/oz) in 2018, 
largely due to the decrease in gold 
production. 

Capex was 1% lower in 2019 at A$104m 
(US$72m) (2018: A$105m (US$79m)). 
The mine generated net cash-flow of 
A$134m (US$93m) in 2019, a 3% 
increase on 2018.

49

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS IMPROVING OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE continued

A review of the mine’s brownfields 
exploration activity in 2019 is detailed 
on p43.

Gruyere poured its first gold at the end 
of June 2019, in line with the revised 
project schedule. Production ramped up 
successfully, with the mine producing 
99koz (100% basis) during H2 2019 and 
reaching steady state production levels 
by the end of the year. 

WEST AFRICA REGION

AIC post-commercial levels of production 
(end-September) were A$983/oz 
(US$684/oz), falling below the revised 
forecast range of A$1,050/oz – A$1,150/
oz, with both mining and processing 
volumes at the upper end of 
expectations. AIC for the full year of 
A$4,170/oz (US$2,900/oz), were within 
revised guidance and inflated by the 
minimum levels of production during the 

commissioning and ramp-up stages and 
also impacted by the remaining project 
capital that was spent during the year. 

Now in steady state, Gruyere is set to 
contribute meaningfully to low cost 
production of the Group. For more 
details on Gruyere, refer to p41.

2020 Guidance

2019 Actual

2019 Guidance

2018 Actual

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Prod 
(koz)

AIC 
(US$/oz)

Tarkwa
Damang
AGM¹

Region

510
215
115

840

970
1,030
1,130

1,006

519
208
113

840

958
1,147
1,214

1,039

514
218
106³

838

949
1,100
1,140³

1,102

525
181
45

750

951
1,506
1,175

1,098²

¹ 45% stake, equity-accounted
² Includes AGM contribution for August – December 2018
³ Gold Fields’ 45% share of the mid-point of AGM 2019 guidance

Mine performances
Production at Tarkwa decreased 1% to 
519koz in 2019 (2018: 525koz), but was 
slightly ahead of guidance. AISC and AIC 
increased by 1% to US$958/oz in 2019 
from US$951/oz in 2018, also marginally 
ahead of guidance. Tarkwa generated 
net-cash inflow of US$150m during 
2019 compared with US$112m in 2018.

AIC declined by 24% to US$1,147/oz in 
2019 from US$1,506/oz in 2018, due to 
higher gold sold and lower total capex, 
which was reduced by 45% to US$76m 
in 2019 (2018: US$139m).

Damang recorded a net cash-inflow of 
US$24m in 2019 compared with an 
outflow of US$68m in 2018. 

AGM produced 251koz in 2019, of 
which 113koz was attributable to 
Gold Fields. This compares to the 
45koz attributable to Gold Fields for 
the five months from August to 
December 2018. Production was 
impacted by a pit wall failure in 
November at the west wall of the 
Nkran pit. No injuries or damage to 
equipment occurred. AISC increased 
4% to US$1,112/oz in 2019 from 
US$1,069/oz in 2018, while AIC was 
up 3% to US$1,214/oz in 2019 
(2018: US$1,175/oz) (p41).

A review of the mine’s brownfields 
exploration activity in 2019 is detailed 
on p43.

Damang produced 208koz in 2019, 
which is 15% higher than the 181koz 
produced in 2018 and 4% below 
guidance of 218koz. The 
underperformance relative to guidance 
was driven by negative grade 
reconciliation as the mine transitioned 
through the Huni sandstone lithology. 
This transition will be completed during 
H1 2020, at which point mining will 
occur in the relatively higher (and more 
consistent) grade Tarkwa phyllites. 

AISC decreased to US$809/oz in 2019 
from US$813/oz in 2018, due to higher 
gold sold, and was partially offset by 
higher cost of sales before amortisation 
and depreciation. 

The Ghanaian region is the second 
biggest producer in the Gold Fields 
portfolio, contributing 35% to Group 
attributable production in 2019. Gold 
Fields has a shareholding of 90% in both 
Tarkwa and Damang, with the Ghanaian 
government holding the remaining 10%. 
During 2018, Gold Fields acquired a 
45% stake of AGM, with our JV partner 
Asanko Gold holding 45% and the 
Ghanaian government the remaining 10%.

Total managed gold production for the 
region was in line with guidance of 
838koz, increasing by 12% in 2019 to 
840koz, mainly due to a 15% increase in 
Damang’s production, together with a full 
year contribution from AGM as opposed 
to only five months in 2018. Total 
attributable production increased to 
768koz from 680koz in 2018. 

Capex (excluding AGM) decreased to 
US$202m in 2019 from US$295m in 
2018, mainly due to lower expenditure 
on capital waste stripping at Damang. 
AIC for the region, including AGM, was 
US$1,039/oz, 6% below guidance and 
5% lower than the US$1,098/oz 
reported in 2018. The region reported a 
material increase in net cash-flow in 
2019, excluding AGM, to US$174m 
(2018: US$45m).

50

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Gold Fields Integrated 

Annual Report 2019

Truck at the underground maintenance workshop at our South Deep mine in South Africa

51

PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS STRENGTHENING THE BALANCE SHEET

Gold Fields’ business strategy has 
consistently focused on growing margins 
and free cash-flow (FCF) for every ounce 
of gold produced, and to sustain this 
FCF in the long term. However, our drive 
to generate a FCF margin of at least 
15% at a gold price of US$1,300/oz is 
balanced by the strategic imperative of 
strengthening the balance sheet and 
funding future growth. 

For the past three years, the Group has 
been in a reinvestment phase. During 
this period, we spent approximately 
US$1bn in buying into two joint ventures 
and building two new mines, which have 
improved the quality of the overall 
portfolio by lowering Group All-in costs 
(AIC). Of this project capital, US$347m 
was spent on Damang and A$329m on 
Gruyere, in addition to the A$350m on 
acquiring 50% of Gruyere. Furthermore, 
Gold Fields spent US$162m in project 
and drilling costs at the Salares Norte 
project and US$185m to acquire our 
45% stake of the Asanko gold mine 
(AGM) in Ghana. Better-than-expected 
gold prices for the most part of the past 
three years enabled us to limit the 
pick-up in net debt, despite the amount 
of capital incurred. 

With the capex cycle rolling off during 
2019, the Group is well positioned to 
generate significant FCF in 2020. For 
2019, Gold Fields generated a FCF 
margin of 21% compared to 16% in both 
2017 and 2018. Given the outlook for 
increased production and lower AIC, we 
anticipate this FCF margin to stay above 
our target in 2020, depending on the 
gold price. 

During 2019, Gold Fields took advantage 
of the favourable equity market 
conditions to divest of a number of its 
non-core equity holdings, with the 
proceeds being used to pay down a 
portion of the debt. A total of US$179m 
was generated through these sales. We 
made a significant return on the sales of 
all these investments, which are detailed 
on p40.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Gold Fields’ 2019 results were boosted 
by the stronger gold price which 
increased the average gold price 
received by our mines in all three relevant 
currencies: the US Dollar gold price was 
up 11% to US$1,388/oz; the A$ gold 
price by 18% to A$2,007/oz and the 
rand gold price by 24% to R659,111/kg. 

52

Priorities for FCF
Our priorities for the operational cash that we generate are:
•  Returning dividends to shareholders: Gold Fields has a long and well-

established dividend policy of paying out 25% – 35% of normalised earnings to 
shareholders. During 2019, Gold Fields declared a total dividend of R1.60/share, 
which translates to 28% of normalised earnings, aligning with the average pay 
out over the past 10 years

•  Strengthening the balance sheet: At the height of the growth capital cycle at 
the end of 2018, the Group’s net debt:EBITDA (prior to adjusting for IFRS 16) 
peaked at 1.45x before decreasing to 1.08x by the end of 2019. With Gruyere 
and Damang now at or approaching steady state, the target is to use free cash 
generated in 2020 to further reduce net debt and strengthen the balance sheet
•  Funding growth projects: Construction of the Salares Norte project, which will 
begin towards the end of 2020, is anticipated to amount to US$860m (in 2020 
terms), at which point a portion of our FCF will go towards funding capital. Apart 
from the Salares Norte project, there is no growth capital budgeted for the near 
to medium term

As a result of the higher prices received 
and improved production Group revenue 
for 2019 rose by 15% to US$2.97bn 
from US$2.58 in 2018.

Cost of sales were up 4% to US$1.42bn 
in 2019, but AIC and All-in sustaining 
costs (AISC) were below 2018 levels and 
below guidance for the year. AIC was 
9% lower at US$1,064/oz and AISC 
came in at US$970/oz (2018: US$981/
oz) on the original World Gold Council 
(WGC) definition.

Other salient features during 2019 
included:
•  Royalty expenses increased by 

18% to US$74m in 2019 

•  The taxation charge for the Group 
increased to US$176m in 2019 
compared with a credit of US$66m in 
2018, while normal taxation rose to 
US$191m (2018: US$146m)

•  Total capital expenditure of US$613m 
in 2019 significantly reduced from the 
US$814m in 2018

•  Losses on financial instruments were 
US$238m in 2019, largely due to 
losses on our gold hedges against the 
rising gold price

Taking into account all of the above, 
headline earnings for 2019 were 
US$163m (2018: US$61m).

A detailed analysis of our financial 
performance is provided in the 
management’s discussion and analysis 
of the financial statements in the 2019 
Annual Financial Report (AFR) on p60 
– 126. The consolidated income 
statement, statement of financial position 
and cash flow statement – extracted 
from the 2019 AFR – are provided on 
p152 – 156.

MANAGING DEBT
Gold Fields adopted the new lease 
accounting standards (IFRS 16) on 
1 January 2019, which has impacted 
the reporting of net debt and the net 
debt:EBITDA ratio. Under the new IFRS 
16 definition, which includes the 
capitalisation of leases – primarily those 
relating to our independent power 
purchasing agreements and pipeline 
rentals – Gold Fields’ ended 2019 with 
net debt of US$1,664m and a net 
debt:EBITDA ratio of 1.29x. Using the 
old classification (pre-IFRS 16), the net 
debt balance at the end of 2019 was 
US$1,331m (2018: US$1,687m), with a 
net debt:EBITDA ratio of 1.08x (2018: 
1.45x). Going forward, Gold Fields will 
only be reporting net debt under the new 
IFRS 16 definition.

Having come to the end of the 
investment programme, the focus has 
shifted to reducing our debt position. 
With this in mind, management has set 
itself the target of reducing debt by 
US$300m – US$400m in 2020. To 
protect cash-flows and increase the 
probability of attaining this goal, we 
extended our hedging programme in 
2019, putting additional hedges in place 
which will mature during 2020 (see 
details in the table on the next page). 
In addition, we streamlined our portfolio 
of equity investments, using the 
US$179m raised from the divestments of 
our non-core assets during 2019 to pay 
down some of the debt.

On attaining the targeted level of net 
debt:EBITDA, management will reassess 
the balance sheet, together with the 
capital requirements of the business and 
general economic backdrop. However, 
the intention is not to put additional 
hedges in place once the current hedge 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019book expires, other than providing 
downside protection during our large 
capital expenditure for Salares Norte in 
2021 and 2022. 

Hedging
Gold Fields’ policy allows for hedging to 
protect cash-flows, firstly, at times of 
significant expenditure, secondly, to 
address specific debt servicing 
requirements, and, thirdly, to safeguard 
the viability of higher cost operations. 
We do not enter into long-term 
systematic hedges, but rather evaluate 
the Company’s position and outlook on 
a regular basis to determine whether 
short-term hedging is appropriate.

Given the high levels of project capital 
incurred over the past three years, the 
Group has run an active hedging 
programme using short-term, tactical 
hedges to protect cash-flows and the 
balance sheet. This hedging programme 
resulted in net realised gains of US$14m 
in 2017 and US$54m in 2018, and a net 
realised loss of US$132m in 2019. 

With the project capital having largely 
been spent by mid-2019, the underlying 
purpose of the hedging programme 
shifted to servicing debt, with 
management setting a target of paying 
down US$300m – US$400m by the end 
of 2020. 

Table of hedges

2019

With the February 2020 approval by the 
Board to construct the Salares Norte 
mine at a current cost of US$860m, we 
have put in place foreign exchange 
hedges for the Chilean peso component 
of the 2020 – 2023 capital programme, 
which cover approximately two-thirds of 
the capital cost of the project. In 
addition, to protect Group cash-flows in 
the peak capex year (2021), we bought 
300koz in put options against that year’s 
Group’s production. This hedging 
structure provides us with protection on 
the downside, while at the same time 
retaining full exposure to any upside 
potential in the gold price.

For more details of the gains and losses 
of our hedging programmes, see p200 
– 203  in the Annual Financial Statements.

Hedge

Country

Quantity hedged

Hedging instrument and price

Hedge term

Gold hedge Australia

Australia

Australia

South Africa

A$ forex 
hedge
Oil hedge

Australia

Ghana

Australia

283koz (31% of 
guidance)
173koz (19% of 
guidance)
456koz (51% of 
guidance)
113koz (59% of 
guidance)
US$366m

126Mℓ
(50% of annual 
diesel consumption)
78Mℓ
(50% of annual 
diesel consumption)

Swaps; Average (Ave) strike price of A$1,751/oz

Jan 2019 – Dec 2019

Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of A$1,720/oz, 
Ave cap price of A$1,789/oz
Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of A$1,800/oz, 
Ave cap price of A$1,869/oz
Forwards; Ave strike price of between R615,103/kg 
and R620,000/kg
Average strike price between US$0.7075 — 
0.7330/A$
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price 
US$49.80/bbl

Jan 2019 – Dec 2019

Jan 2019 – Dec 2019

Between June 2019 – Dec 
2019
Jan 2019 – Dec 2019

June 2017 – Dec 2019

Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price 
US$49.92/bbl

June 2017 – Dec 2019

Hedge

Country

Quantity hedged

Hedging instrument and price

Hedge term

2020

Gold hedge

Australia

Australia

Ghana

Ghana

Ghana

South 
Africa
South 
Africa
Ghana

Australia

Oil hedge

210koz (21% of 
guidance)
270koz (27% of
guidance)
175koz (21% of
guidance)
100koz (12% of
guidance)
100koz (12% of
guidance)
100koz (39% of 
guidance)
100koz (39% of 
guidance)
123Mℓ
(50% of annual 
diesel consumption)
75Mℓ
(50% of annual 
diesel consumption)

Swaps; Ave strike price of A$1,957/oz

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of A$1,933/oz, 
Ave cap price of A$2,014/oz
Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of US$1,364/oz, 
Ave cap price of US$1,449/oz
Swaps; Ave strike price of US$1,382/oz

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of US$1,400/oz, 
Ave cap price of US$1,557/oz
Swaps; Ave strike price of R681,400/kg

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of R660,000/kg, 
Ave cap price of R727,000/kg
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price 
US$59.20/bbl

Jan 2020 – Dec 2020

Jan 2020 – Dec 2022

Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price 
US$57.40/bbl

Jan 2020 – Dec 2022

53

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS STRENGTHENING THE BALANCE SHEET continued

Debt refinancing – new bonds and 
refinancing of bank debt
In addition to reducing the amount of 
debt, one of management’s financial 
targets in the 2019 Balanced Scorecard 
(BSC) was to improve the liquidity and 
profile of the Group’s debt. In this regard, 
we were active in the debt markets 
during 2019, putting in place two new 
bonds and refinancing bank debt.

In May 2019, we successfully raised two 
new bonds, which extended and 
staggered the maturity profile. A total of 
US$1bn was raised at an average 
coupon of 5.625%, with the maturity 
spread between five and 10 years:
•  US$500m five-year bond with a 

coupon of 5.125%  

•  US$500m 10-year bond with a 

coupon of 6.125% 

The proceeds of the debt raising were 
used to repay amounts outstanding 
under the US$1,290m Credit Facilities 
Agreement and repurchase certain other 
existing indebtedness.

Following the bond issuances on 9 May 
2019, Gold Fields commenced a tender 
process to buy back up to US$250m of 
the 2020 notes. The buy-back of 
US$250m of the outstanding 2020 notes 
was completed on 24 May 2019 at 
102% of par.

with IFRS 16. As such, the covenants 
were improved as follows:
•  Net debt:EBITDA covenant moved 

from ≤2.5x to ≤3.5x

•  Consolidated EBITDA to consolidated 
net finance charges covenant reduced 
from ≥5x to ≥4x

In July 2019, the Group entered into a 
US$1,200m revolving credit facility (RCF) 
agreement with a syndicate of 
international banks and financial 
institutions. The new facilities comprise 
two tranches:
•  A US$600m three-year RCF, with two 
one-year extension options subject to 
lenders consent, at a margin of 1.45% 
over Libor

•  A US$600m five-year RCF, with two 

one-year extension options subject to 
lenders consent, at a margin of 1.70% 
over Libor

Our financial covenants attached to the 
new RCF were revised to accommodate 
the treatment of operating leases in line 

The new facilities were used to refinance 
the US$1,290m Credit Facilities 
Agreement and to fund general corporate 
and working capital requirements of the 
Group. They will also be used to repay the 
outstanding bonds maturing in 2020.

As a result of the new bonds and 
refinanced RCF, Gold Fields’ debt 
maturity profile has improved 
significantly. Apart from the outstanding 
US$601m of the 2020 bond, which will 
be retired using the new RCF and FCF, 
the first sizeable maturity payment for 
Gold Fields is now in December 2024. 
During 2020, we also plan to refinance 
and extend our A$500m (US$351m) 
facility, due in June 2021, as a potential 
source for future funding requirements.

Employees at our Damang mine in Ghana

54

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Figures in millions unless otherwise stated

CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Revenue
Cost of sales
Investment income
Finance expense
(Loss)/gain on financial instruments
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain
Other costs, net
Share-based payments
Long-term incentive plan
Exploration expense
Share of results of equity-accounted investees, net of taxation
Profit on disposal of Maverix Metals Incorporated
Restructuring costs
Silicosis settlement costs
Gain on acquisition of Asanko
Impairment, net of reversal of impairment of investments and assets
Profit/(loss) on disposal of assets

Profit/(loss) before royalties and taxation
Royalties

Profit/(loss) before taxation
Mining and income taxation

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Profit from discontinued operations, net of taxation

Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent
– Continuing operations
– Discontinued operations
Non-controlling interests
– Continuing operations

Earnings/(loss) per share attributable to owners of the parent:
Basic earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations – cents
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations – cents
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations – cents

Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations – cents

United States Dollar

2019

2018

2017

2,967.1
(2,033.5)
7.3
(102.2)
(238.0)
(5.2)
(67.6)
(20.5)
(9.1)
(84.4)
3.1
14.6
(0.6)
1.6
–
(9.8)
1.2

424.0
(73.7)

350.3
(175.6)

174.7

–

174.7

161.6
161.6
–
13.1
13.1

174.7

20
–
19

–

2,577.8
(2,043.0)
7.8
(88.0)
21.0
6.4
(44.8)
(37.5)
(1.1)
(104.2)
(13.1)
–
(113.9)
4.5
51.8
(520.3)
(51.6)

(348.2)
(62.5)

(410.7)
65.9

(344.8)

–

(344.8)

(348.2)
(348.2)
–
3.4
3.4

(344.8)

(42)
–
(42)

–

2,761.8
(2,105.1)
5.6
(81.3)
34.4
(3.5)
(19.0)
(26.8)
(5.0)
(109.8)
(1.3)
–
(9.2)
(30.2)
–
(200.2)
4.0

214.4
(62.0)

152.4
(173.2)

(20.8)

13.1

(7.7)

(18.7)
(31.8)
13.1
11.0
11.0

(7.7)

(4)
2
(4)

2

55

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
at 31 December 2019

United States Dollar

2019

2018
Restated1

1 January 
2018
Restated1

5,460.2
4,657.1
 – 
141.0
172.0
155.1
69.5
265.5
1,069.9
417.8
137.1
515.0
31.2

6,561.3

2,777.0
3,622.5
(2,035.5)
1,190.0
131.7

2,908.7
2,284.8
433.6
1,160.9
391.1
287.7
11.5
1,367.8
594.4
13.9
24.8
684.9
45.2
4.6
–
3,652.6

6,561.3

5,183.2
4,259.2
 – 
133.3
225.1
235.3
60.8
269.5
726.5
368.2
138.6
219.7
 – 

5,909.7

2,586.1
3,622.5
(2,110.3)
1,073.9
120.8

2,706.9
2,670.9
454.9
1,814.3
319.5
80.1
2.1
531.9
417.5
12.5
0.9
92.5
8.5
 – 
–
3,202.8

5,909.7

5,505.7
4,892.9
76.6
132.8
171.3
104.6
55.5
72.0
959.1
393.5
171.8
393.8
40.0

6,504.8

3,275.8
3,622.5
(1,817.8)
1,471.1
127.2

3,403.0
2,363.1
453.9
1,587.9
321.3
–
–
738.7
463.1
16.3
46.7
194.5
–
–
18.1
3,101.8

6,504.8

Figures in millions unless otherwise stated

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Inventories
Equity accounted investees
Investments
Environmental trust funds
Deferred taxation
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets held for sale

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Stated capital
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interests

Total equity 
Non-current liabilities
Deferred taxation
Borrowings
Provisions
Lease liabilities (2018: finance lease liabilities)
Long-term incentive plan
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Royalties payable
Taxation payable
Current portion of borrowings
Current portion of lease liabilities (2018: finance lease liabilities)
Current portion of silicosis settlement costs
Current portion of long-term incentive plan
Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

1  Refer note 42 of the consolidated financial statements.

56

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH-FLOWS 
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Figures in millions unless otherwise stated

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated by operations
Interest received
Change in working capital

Cash generated by operating activities
Silicosis payment
Interest paid
Royalties paid
Taxation paid

Net cash from operations
Dividends paid/advanced

– Owners of the parent
– Non-controlling interest holders
– South Deep BEE dividend

Cash generated by continuing operations
Cash generated by discontinued operations
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of Asanko Gold
Purchase of investments
Redemption of Asanko Preference Shares
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiary
Proceeds on disposal of Maverix
Proceeds on disposal of investments
Proceeds on disposal of Arctic Platinum (APP)
Proceeds on disposal of Darlot
Contributions to environmental trust funds 

Cash utilised in continuing operations
Cash utilised in discontinued operations
Cash flows from financing activities
Loans raised
Loans repaid
Payment of lease liabilities

Cash (utilised)/generated by continuing operations
Cash generated by discontinued operations

Net cash generated/(utilised)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

1  Refer note 42 of the consolidated financial statements.

United States Dollar

2019

2018
 Restated1

2017
 Restated1

845.0
1,302.8
6.6
(24.6)

1,284.8
(4.6)
(132.0)
(72.3)
(181.8)

894.1
(49.1)

(45.5)
(2.2)
(1.4)

845.0
–
(446.8)
(612.5)
3.7
(20.0)
(6.5)
10.0
6.2
66.8
112.6
–
–
(7.1)

(446.8)
–
(104.6)
1,538.0
(1,604.3)
(38.3)

(104.6)
–

293.6
1.7
219.7

515.0

568.7
998.0
6.8
(31.9)

972.9
–
(91.0)
(65.5)
(190.7)

625.7
(57.0)

(45.5)
(9.8)
(1.7)

568.7
–
(886.8)
(814.2)
78.9
(165.0)
(19.3)
–
–
–
0.5
40.0
–
(7.7)

(886.8)
–
151.6
690.0
(535.9)
(2.5)

151.6
–

(166.5)
(7.6)
393.8

219.7

732.0
1,286.5
5.1
(89.9)

1,201.7
–
(90.4)
(66.0)
(249.4)

795.9
(70.7)

(62.8)
(6.4)
(1.5)

725.2
6.8
(908.6)
(833.6)
23.2
–
(80.1)
–
–
–
–
–
5.4
(16.7)

(901.8)
(6.8)
85.1
787.6
(702.5)
–

85.1
–

(91.5)
14.3
471.0

393.8

57

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS Managing, growing 
and protecting 
our people

•  Managing and growing our employees 
•  Safety 
•  Occupational health and wellness 

p59
p62
p64

Employees at our Tarkwa mine in Ghana

58

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019MANAGING AND GROWING OUR PEOPLE 

WORKFORCE PROFILE
Our successful 2019 financial year is a credit to the skills, 
commitment and enthusiasm of our 17,656 people. But we 
also recognise that our business requires a steady supply of the 
right skills, especially where scarce skills are required. 
Consequently, we have further enhanced our talent 
management practices so we can move beyond tactical 
succession plans towards more strategic workforce planning, 
and build a strong, diverse and inclusive pipeline of talent.

As at the end of 2019, contract workers across our regions 
accounted for 68% of our total workforce. This necessitates 
close contractor management and ensuring that contractors 
align with Gold Fields’ values, policies and procedures, 
particularly those relating to safety, human rights and 
environmental management. 

Workforce by Group and region (end-December)1

The 38% reduction of the South Deep workforce, following the 
section 189 retrenchments during 2018, also changed the 
profile of the workforce. The operation now has a leaner team 
in line with the requirements of a mechanised mine. 
Furthermore, as we build the required skills set for a 
mechanised mine, there has been a marked improvement in 
productivity per employee over the past year to 477 tonnes 
mined/employee from 289 tonnes/employee in 2018.

Focus on host community employment has also changed the 
profile of our workforce. Host community members now 
comprise 55% of our workforce (2018: 56%), which aligns with 
our strategy of creating value for the communities in the regions 
where we operate. More information on host community 
employment on p83.

Total workforce

Employees

Contractors

2019

3,407
2,923
3,984
7,244
98

17,656

2019

545
1,657
2,310
1,046
97

5,655

2018

373
1,577
2,472
1,079
100

5,601

2019

2,862
1,2661
1,674
6,198
1

12,001

2018

1,949
1,599
2,171
6,291
0

12,010

Americas
Australia
South Africa
West Africa
Corporate

Total

Proportion of 
Nationals

2019

100%
100%
84%
97%
93%

1  The source of this information is the Group-wide human resources information system. Host community employment data excludes our corporate and regional offices 

as well as projects

Key Human Resources (HR) metrics (end-December)

Category

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Total workforce
Historically Disadvantaged Persons (HDPs) employees (%)1
HDP employees – senior management (%)1
Minimum wage ratio3
Female employees (%)
Ratio of basic salary men to women
Employee wages and benefits (US$m)
Average training spend per employee (US$)
Employee turnover (%)

17,656
59
52
1.97
20
1.25
395
1,912
16

17,611
72
432
2.40
19
1.25
442
2,469
354

18,594
71
57
2.43
16
1.25
506
2,258
6

18,091
72
55
1.97
15
1.31
482
1,896
12

16,850
71
48
1.50
14
1.09
435
1,370
8

1  Excluding foreign nationals, but including white females. Percentages are of South African workforce only
2  Lower ratio due to South Deep restructuring 
3  Entry level wage compared to local minimum wage. Excluding Ghana, as the region only employs management level employees with the transition to contractor 

mining. Ratio for 2019 is 4.66 if Ghana is included

4  High turnover due to South Deep restructuring and transition to contractor mining at Tarkwa

59

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS MANAGING AND GROWING OUR PEOPLE continued

Attracting, retaining and developing 
employees
As the mining industry continues to 
evolve, it is critical that we position 
ourselves to attract, retain and develop 
the right skills. We continue to evolve our 
current workforce to meet the future 
needs of an increasingly mechanised, 
modernising and automated mining 
industry. During 2019, training spend 
across the Group amounted to US$11m 
(2018: US$14m), while average spend 
per employee was US$1,912 (2018: 
US$2,469), with the decline due to the 
use of online and more targeted training. 
While we track spend per employee, we 
have increasingly shifted our focus to 
delivering more impactful and efficient 
training as opposed to focusing only on 
training spend. 

A new leadership competency 
framework was developed, focusing on 
leadership’s ability to create an inclusive 
and enabling culture, demonstrating 
leadership excellence and building a 
credible brand. This competency model 
will form the foundation of our talent 
attraction and development strategy in 
future. 

A review of recruitment standards 
resulted in more stringent recruitment 
standards being applied during the year. 
The recruitment process now relies on 
improved data and analytics and 
alignment with the competencies our 
business requires. Furthermore, we 
implemented improved systems to track 
the time it takes to fill critical roles. As a 
result of these initiatives critical role 
turnover for the Group was reduced to 
4% against a target of 5%. 

In our drive to innovate we continue to 
introduce modernised, digital human 
resources platforms. These include the 
introduction of employee self-service, 
enhanced mobile systems for 
engagement and performance 
management, further entrenchment of 
e-learning throughout the business and 
the introduction of big data analytics to 
track people-related metrics. 

We also focused on:
•  Improving business processes, 
operational efficiencies and 
productivity through the use of 
technology and real-time data

•  Attracting the next generation of 

workers to our business and, in line 
with this, tracking the age profile of 
our workforce

•  Embedding modern working practices 

such as flexible work options 

•  Implementing interactive HR systems 
that are integrated across regions and 
allow employees and managers to 
access data that helps drive better 
people-related business decisions

Improving workforce productivity
Our operations require high levels of 
skills and productivity. With the increase 
in contractor numbers in 2019, we 
included contractors together with our 
employees in our productivity 
measurement of oz/TEC (total 
employees costed). During 2019 
productivity was 102oz/TEC and we 
have instituted a strong focus on 
improving the performance of both 
employees and contractors.

We also rolled out a frontline leadership 
productivity initiative at South Deep to 
develop leadership capacity among 
supervisors. Most of the mine’s 
supervisors have been trained in this 
programme which sets out a new way of 
working that will drive productivity. A set 
of management tools are being used to 
standardise the way teams work, 
allowing supervisors to clearly articulate 
goals, assign tasks and track progress in 
their teams.

Performance management is 
fundamental to Gold Fields, driving 
improved productivity and ensuring we 
have the right people, in the right roles, 
doing the right things. During 2019, we 
further improved our approach to 
compiling the Group Balanced 
Scorecard (BSC), aligning individual 
performance metrics more closely with 
Group goals. Employee performance 
informs annual increases and long-term 
incentive bonuses. We continue to build 
a performance culture by training line 
managers and management employees 
in how to assess and improve their team 
members’ performance. 

Workforce diversity and 
transformation
The moral motive and business case for 
diversity is soundly established within 
Gold Fields. This includes addressing 
workplace discrimination, capitalising on 

diverse perspectives and attracting 
candidates from under-represented 
backgrounds and host communities. 
During 2019, the Board approved a 
Group diversity policy and strategy, 
which set out the principles behind 
achieving a more diverse and inclusive 
workforce. While gender diversity is a 
key focus area, it is important to note 
that our definition of diversity extends 
beyond gender alone. We also focus on 
age, disability and vulnerable groups, 
and have developed metrics to track 
these. These metrics will be piloted 
during 2020. 

Several leading-practice initiatives to 
drive Gold Fields’ diversity agenda were 
rolled out in 2019. These initiatives 
include the following:
•  Non-discrimination practices and 
merit-based decision making
•  Targeted recruitment to increase 

diversity

•  Diversity networking groups
•  Unconscious bias training
•  Flexible work arrangements
•  ‘Values packs’ to reinforce diversity 

and inclusion, aligned to the Value of 
Respect

•  Leadership coaching and training
•  Diversity performance evaluations
•  Increase in recruitment of female 

employees to 24% and tracking the 
number of female employees hired 
versus those who left during the year
•  Improving the representation of HDSA 
at South Deep. At the end of 2019, 
50% of our management team and 
59% of the total workforce were HDSA 
(2018: 53% and 72% respectively) 

•  Reduction of Ghana expatriate 
employees to 3.1% of the total 
workforce, against the regulated 4%

We also intensified efforts to increase the 
number of host community members in 
our workforce. Across the Group, 55% 
of employees hailed from our host 
communities. More information on host 
community employment is detailed on 
p83.

Across our global workforce, 20% of 
Gold Fields’ employees are women 
(2018: 19%) – as recently as 2016, this 
number was only 15%. Women also hold 
20% of management positions (2018: 
18%). Just over half of our female 
employees work in core mining activities. 
For the second year running, Gold Fields 

60

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019was included in the Bloomberg Gender-
Equality Index (GEI), one of only 
325 companies globally to have 
achieved this. Gaps identified in the 
GEI include creating an inclusive culture, 
more detail and analysis of potential 
gender pay gaps, and creating a more 
supportive work environment for women. 
Going forward, we will continue to focus 
on improving in these areas within our 
business. 

The next generation of diversity and 
inclusion initiatives to be embedded into 
company processes and culture include 
diversity mentorships, diversity coaching 
and ‘walk-arounds’ by leaders to reduce 
the perceived threat to job security, 
identifying diversity champions and 
ongoing education to over-represented 
groups. 

Organised labour
We remain committed to engaging with 
our workforce on all material issues that 
impact them. We uphold employees’ 
rights to freedom of association and 
collective bargaining, and ensure that 
contractors also abide by these 
standards. 

The move to contractor mining has 
precipitated a decrease in the number of 
direct employees represented by 
organised labour, with the exception of 
South Deep where representation 
remains at 87%. In Ghana, union 
representation is 0%, with contractor 

membership estimated at 6%, while in 
Peru 25% of the direct workforce and  
32% of the contractor workforce belong 
to unions. In Australia, it is estimated that 
union representation among employees 
is below 5%.

incentive rewards. Comprising 10% of 
performance measurement in the BSC, 
the assessment relies on a 360-degree 
feedback from a section of employees. 
This will be rolled out to the rest of the 
Group in 2020. 

Employee engagement remains high on 
the HR agenda. During 2019, employee 
climate surveys were carried out in South 
Deep and Ghana, the other regions 
having completed these during 2018. 
This was followed by more intensive 
feedback sessions driven by 
management, focusing on issues that 
were rated poorly by the workforce in the 
survey. Across the Group 60% of 
employees participated in the survey and 
we have been able to identify key areas 
for improvement; these include personal 
growth and development, reward and 
recognition, as well as communication. 
Actions to address these continue to be 
rolled out and are tracked.

Our relationship with organised labour at 
South Deep improved following a violent, 
45-day strike in late 2018. A new 
committee was formed at the South 
Deep branch of the National Union of 
Mineworkers (NUM), and there is now a 
greater level of co-operation between 
leadership and management. Of the 
South Deep workforce, 63% is 
represented by NUM, while 30% are 
members of UASA. While the National 
Union of Metalworkers of South Africa 
(NUMSA) has made attempts to recruit 
South Deep employees, representation is 
too low for it to have a recognition 
agreement at the mine.

Enhancing organisational culture, 
entrenching values and building trust
Our new leadership competency 
framework requires that our leadership 
team develop and entrench an inclusive 
and enabling culture. We continue to 
drive a culture that is based on living the 
Gold Fields values. To this end, we 
included a values metric in the Group 
BSC for Exco and employees at our 
corporate office, which contributes to 
overall performance ratings and thereby 
affects annual bonus and long-term 

Employees at our St Ives mine in Australia

61

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS FATALITY AT SOUTH DEEP
Tragically, on 3 June 2019, Maria 
Ramela, a 38-year-old trackless crew 
leader at our South Deep mine in South 
Africa, was fatally injured after being 
struck by a rock ejected from the face 
after a series of four seismic events in 
quick succession. Three of the events 
were between 1.4 – 1.9 in magnitude, 
which is higher than average. Three 
members of her team sustained minor 
injuries and, after receiving medical 
treatment on the scene, were referred to 
hospital for full examination and 
subsequently discharged. 

Following the incident, on 4 June all 
South Deep operations were suspended. 
Furthermore, the affected areas 
remained closed for three weeks until it 
was deemed safe to resume production. 
While this was the only fatality Gold 
Fields experienced during the year, and it 
being amid significant improvements in 
the Group’s safety performance, culture 
and systems over the past five years, the 
loss of Maria’s life is unacceptable. 
It once again illustrates how important it 
is to continually drive our agenda of zero 
fatalities and serious injuries. 

Subsequent to the event, and in 
co-operation with the South African 
Department of Mineral Resources and 
Energy, we reviewed our already 
stringent safety protocols and 
procedures to reduce the incidence and 
mitigate the impact of seismic events. 
Other remedial actions introduced 
include the implementation of new 
support standards in de-stress mining 
areas and installation of vehicle 
protective screens.

For more details on our regional safety 
developments and performances, 
see our website at www.goldfields.com/
sustainability

SAFETY

Our number one value — If we cannot mine safely, we will not mine — drives our goal 
of achieving zero harm, as well as the target of eliminating all fatalities and serious 
injuries at our operations. Safety forms a key component of performance 
management, and also informs annual performance bonuses for executives, managers 
and the broader workforce. 

Group safety performance

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Fatalities1
Serious injuries2
Lost time injuries (LTIs)3
Total recordable injuries
Total recordable injury 
frequency rate (TRIFR)4 
Duration rate5
Safety engagement rate 
(SER)6

1
12
38
104

2.19
29

4.11

1
17
34
99

1.83
48

2.91

3
26
52
138

2.42
49

1.75

1
17
39
124

2.27
67

–

4
15
68
174

3.40
58

–

1 In both 2017 and 2018 we also recorded non-occupational fatalities at our mines. In 2017, a member of the 
protection services team at South Deep was shot and killed during a robbery at the mine, while in 2018 a 
member of Tarkwa’s Community Security Task Force drowned in a settling pond on the mine

2 A serious injury is an injury that incurs 14 or more days lost and results in:

– A fracture of any bone (excluding hairline fractures and fractures of fingers, toes or nose)
– Internal haemorrhage
– Head trauma (including concussion, loss of consciousness) requiring hospitalisation
–  Loss of all or part of a limb (excluding bone dressing to facilitate medical treatment of injured fingers and 

toes)

– Permanent loss of function and/or permanent disability such as hearing loss or damage to lung function
– Permanent disfigurement where the injury has resulted in the appearance of a person being deeply and 
persistently harmed medically and that is likely to lead to psychosocial problems
Numbers exclude injuries at our projects
Of the 12 serious injuries, 10 were reported by South Deep in terms of South African regulatory 
requirements. Of these, two meet Gold Fields’ definition above. In terms of the above definition, Gold Fields 
recorded four serious injuries

3 A LTI is a work-related injury resulting in the employee or contractor being unable to attend work for a period 
of one or more days after the day of the injury. The employee or contractor is unable to perform any of his/
her duties. Numbers exclude injuries at our projects

4 TRIFR = (fatalities + LTIs + restricted work injuries + medically treated injuries) x 1,000,000/number of hours 

worked. Numbers exclude injuries at our projects

5 Duration rate = days lost to LTIs/number of LTIs. Numbers exclude injuries at our projects

6 SER = safety engagements x 1,000/number of hours worked. Safety engagements are conversations 
between managers and the workforce to improve safety. Reporting of the SER commenced in 2017. 
Numbers exclude engagements at our projects

Group safety performance

5

4

3

2

1

0

62

2016

2017

2018

2019

■ Total recordable injury frequency rate ■ Total employee recordable injury frequency rate
■ Total contractor recordable injury frequency rate

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019OUR APPROACH TO SAFETY
The number of serious injuries declined 
to 12 in 2019 from 17 in 2018, however, 
this is still above our target of zero. There 
continues to be a downward trend in the 
duration rate, which measures the 
number of days lost per LTI, from 48 in 
2018 to 29 in 2019, while the severity 
rate (which measures lost days to LTIs 
per million hours worked) declined to 
23 in 2019 from 30 in 2018 and 44 
in 2017. TRIFR regressed to 2.19 in 
2019 (2018: 1.83) as the number of total 
recordable injuries rose to 104 (2018: 99) 
and the number of hours worked 
decreased by 13%.

While these trends show that we are 
making good progress, work remains to 
be done to eliminate fatalities and 
serious injuries at our operations. Some 
of our mines are getting close — 
particularly pleasing, during the 
construction phase, the Gruyere mine in 
Australia achieved in excess of 3.5 
million hours worked without an LTI. 

We continue to emphasise the 
importance of leading safety indicators, 
and all of our managers have the SER 
integrated into their performance 
scorecards. There has been a strong 
drive to encourage managers and 
workers to have conversations about 
safety and, as seen in the rise in SER to 
4.11 in 2019 from 2.91 in 2018, this is 
having an impact. We hope that, over 
time, this behaviour will lead to an 
improvement in our safety performance. 

Improving safety management 
systems and controls
All our operations, except for Gruyere, 
are certified in terms of OHSAS 18001, 
a leading health and safety standard. 
During the year we commenced 
upgrading our management systems to 
the new ISO 45001 standard. To date, 
all our mines in Australia, as well as 
Cerro Corona in Peru, have been 
certified. Our remaining mines will 
undergo certification in 2020. 

The benefits of ISO 45001 are:
•  Adoption of a more integrated 
approach to health and safety 
management, encouraging company 
leaders to drive improved performance 
and management instead of 
delegating this responsibility to safety 
managers

•  A focus on identifying potential risks 

and implementing preventative 
measures (rather than just dealing with 
safety hazards)

•  Inclusion of suppliers and contractors 
in the management of health and 
safety

We continued to prioritise identifying and 
addressing the risks that lead to material 
unwanted events (MUEs) in line with the 
ICMM’s critical control management 
approach. Controls are in place for all 
identified MUEs and, in line with previous 
commitments, we completed the 
independent verification of these critical 
controls of the highest priority MUEs 
during the year, which include: 
•  Tailings storage facility incidents
•  Hazardous materials spillages and 

exposure

•  Heavy and light vehicle incidents
•  Slope instabilities in open pits
•  Fires and explosions  

Group safety programmes
The Group Safety Leadership forum, 
chaired by Stuart Mathews, Executive 
Vice President: Australia, saw the 
need to:
•  Develop a culture of safety leadership 
within the organisation and firmly 
embed safety management as a line 
management responsibility

•  Provide appropriate mechanisms to 
engage employees on safety and 
equip them with the necessary skills to 
consistently achieve safe outcomes

•  Ensure the deployment of fit-for-

purpose management systems that 
are aligned to a critical control 
management approach and are 
certified to the ISO 45001 standard

A Courageous Safety Leadership (CSL) 
programme was adapted from industry 
best practice through generous sharing 

by fellow ICMM members. The 
programme equips employees with 
practical tools to become safety leaders, 
and fosters an environment in which 
individuals feel empowered to speak out 
about unsafe behaviours. 

During 2019, a dedicated CSL safety 
leadership training package was 
developed and rolled out to the Board of 
Directors, management and a cross-
section of employees. Training will 
continue in 2020, and will also be made 
standard for all new employees. We are 
also extending our Australian behaviour-
based programme, Vital Behaviours, to 
entrench the right safety behaviours and 
choices across the entire business.

Innovation and technology to ensure 
greater employee safety
One of the key drivers behind the further 
mechanisation of operations is to 
improve the safety of employees. 
Dedicated senior innovation and 
technology (I&T) leadership teams were 
established in all regions to drive 
initiatives that will improve cost, safety 
and productivity. During 2019, the 
telecommunications infrastructure at all 
our mines was upgraded to improve 
connectivity and real-time information.

A range of new technology systems 
were also rolled-out to improve safety, 
including people tracking, collision 
avoidance and traffic management. 
Vehicles at our Australian mines have 
on-board systems that collect real-time 
data on, inter alia, driver behaviour, 
which can be used to highlight potential 
opportunities for improvement. In Peru 
and Chile, vehicles are fitted with 
systems to detect driver drowsiness. 

Technology at Granny Smith, which 
allows for real-time monitoring of people 
underground, immediately notifies them 
of an emergency so they mobilise to 
refuge chambers quickly. Safe arrival at 
the refuge chamber is automatically 
logged. Tests conducted to date indicate 
that there has been a 50% reduction in 
the time taken to account for all 
personnel working underground. 

63

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND WELLNESS 

Gold Fields’ workforce may be exposed to 
occupational health and wellness risks 
associated with Silicosis, Tuberculosis (TB), 
Noise-Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL), Diesel 
Particulate Matter (DPM), among others. 
The extent to which our employees are 
exposed to these risks differ from mine to 
mine because of the diverse nature of our 
operations, which includes both 
underground and open pit mines. 

We comply with all occupational health 
regulations and, in countries where 
regulations have not yet been 
promulgated, follow industry best-
practice standards. We are further 
guided by our goal of zero harm, and 
consider the protection of employee 
health and wellness a fundamental 
human right. 

Health programmes remain a focus area 
at the South Deep mine due to the 
heightened health risks associated with 
deep-level underground mining, as well 
as the prevalence of many chronic 
diseases as a result of the relatively poor 
socio-economic conditions in the 
country. However, we are seeking 
greater collaboration on health within 
Gold Fields, and a strategic framework 
for occupational health and wellness is 
currently being developed.

DIESEL PARTICULATE MATTER
Employees working with machinery in 
confined underground spaces, as well as 
those operating diesel-powered vehicles, 
are at risk of being exposed to DPM. 

The occupational exposure limit (OEL) for 
DPM has not yet been promulgated by the 
South African regulator, but we align with 
an industry best practice limit of 0.16mg/
m3 used by mines in Australia and North 
America. Measurements are undertaken 
over a time-weighted exposure as they 
impact nearby workers. We aim to have 
95% of all samples measure below this 
limit by 2024. DPM results above the 
0.16mg/m3 limit regressed to 13% in 2019 
from 11% in 2018. 

We only purchase new machinery that 
falls into the tier 3 and 4 category for 
DPM – these machines have new-
generation engines that only use 
low-sulphur diesel and produce less 
emissions. Going forward, all new 
machines purchased by South Deep 
will be tier 4. 

South Deep continued testing DPM 
filters, which will be fitted to those 
vehicles that emit the highest levels of 
DPM (load haul dumpers, dump trucks 
and utility vehicles). Initial tests done on 
the surface indicated an approximate 
reduction of 50% with the first unit. Over 
the next two years, these DPM filters will 
be retrofitted to all vehicles. 

Filtration of equipment in Australia is a 
key component of the strategy for 
managing DPM in the underground 
mines. The strategy also requires a 
number of additional controls to be in 
place including maintenance schedules, 
ventilation requirements, operator 
training, monitoring protocols and 
corrective action processes for any 
exceedances of the OEL. Exceedances 
of the current OEL in the Australian 
mines are rare, showing that the current 
strategy is appropriate and effective.

Open-pit mines in Ghana and Peru pose 
a lower risk — at Cerro Corona, 
exposure levels and concentration of 
personal and area DPM samples are 
insignificant. Ghana recorded average 
concentration of 0.032mg/m3, which is 
below the regulated exposure limit of 
0.16mg/m3. 

As part of our drive to improve our 
management of DPM, we are working 
with the ICMM and its member 
companies on the Innovation for Cleaner, 
Safer Vehicles (ICSV) programme. This 
initiative engages original equipment 
manufacturers (OEMs) to accelerate the 
development of mining vehicles that 
minimise DPM, reduce greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions and minimise vehicle 
accidents. Our CEO, Nick Holland, 
currently chairs the ICSV advisory council. 

NOISE-INDUCED HEARING LOSS
Noise from machinery puts employees at 
risk of developing NIHL, and is of 
greatest importance at South Deep. 
There were no new cases of NIHL 
recorded in Ghana, Australia or Peru. 

During 2019, six new cases of NIHL 
were reported at South Deep (2018: 
four), and 1.3% (2018: 0.9%) of personal 
noise samples registered above the 
regulated occupational exposure limit of 
85 dB(A). Despite these increases, we 
still met the industry regulators’ 2024 
milestones, in that all noise emitting 
equipment should be below 107 dB(A). 

For more details on our regional health developments and performance, see our 
website at www.goldfields.com/health.

64

To reduce the risk of NIHL, South Deep 
continued its programme of providing 
employees with personally-moulded 
earplugs. In 2018, those employees with 
the highest exposure risk received 
earplugs and, in 2019, earplugs were 
provided to employees with the next 
level of exposure risk. The initiative will 
continue in 2020 to include all 
underground employees. 

All new auxiliary fans purchased are fitted 
with silencers, and we continued to 
retrofit existing fans to ensure fan noise 
levels do not exceed 107 dB(A). We 
continue to work through the Minerals 
Council of South Africa to encourage 
OEM to produce quieter equipment. 

HIV/AIDS 
Managing HIV/Aids remains an important 
issue at our South Deep mine and, to a 
lesser extent, our Ghanaian operations. 

At South Deep, the prevalence rate of 
those living with HIV/Aids is over 6.0% of 
the workforce (2018: 5.6%). There was 
an increase in the number of employees 
who tested positive for HIV/Aids, 315 in 
2019 versus 79 in 2018, mainly due to 
increased awareness as a result of 
wellness day campaigns, through which 
we encouraged all employees to know 
their status through voluntary testing.

Voluntary counselling and testing (VCT) is 
offered to prospective and permanent 
employees, including contractors, and 
81% of the workforce underwent VCT 
during 2019. Free highly-active anti-
retroviral therapy (HAART) is provided to 
HIV-infected employees, and there are 
currently 204 employees enrolled in this 
programme (2018: 326). The decrease is 
due to the retrenchments that took place 
during 2018 and 2019. Employees’ 
dependants can also receive HAART via 
the Company’s medical aid schemes.

In Ghana, where the national HIV/Aids 
rate is approximately 2%, employees 
and contractors have access to a free, 
confidential voluntary counselling and 
testing programme. During 2019, 58% of 
the workforce participated in this 
programme. No positive cases were 
identified among employees. By 2019 
year-end, Ghana had 10 employees on 
HAART (2018: 10).  

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019DUST, SILICOSIS AND 
TUBERCULOSIS
As per the South African mining industry 
regulations for silica dust exposure, 
95% of all personal silica dust samples 
taken must be below time-weighted 
exposure of 0.05mg/m3 by 2024. By the 
end of 2019, 13% of the employee silica 
dust samples at South Deep exceeded 
this level, compared with 18% in 2018. 
This was mainly attributed to the 
progress made in improving engineering 
controls, such as improved dust allaying 
and automated footwall treatment in high 
risk areas, and continuing the roll-out of 
real-time dust monitors. Internal tip dust 
suppression systems have been installed 
at the three main intake areas. This will 
continue to be rolled-out to all other 
tipping areas at the mine. 

During 2019, the number of Silicosis 
cases submitted to the health authorities 
decreased to five from eight in 2018, 
while the Silicosis rate per 1,000 
employees declined to 1.26 from 1.72 in 
2018. All employees diagnosed with 
Silicosis are initiated on a six-month 
course of TB prophylaxis. No South 
Deep employee who joined the mine 
after 2008 and had previously not been 
exposed to silica dust has contracted 
Silicosis. 

Since 2014, Gold Fields, along with five 
other companies in South Africa, have 
been involved in negotiations with the 
legal representatives of former 

mineworkers suffering from silicosis in 
the so-called “Silicosis class action 
case”. In May 2018, the companies and 
legal representatives reached an historic 
settlement in this matter, whereby the 
gold companies will contribute over 
R5.2bn (US$400m) towards a settlement 
trust fund which will be used to pay 
compensation to all former mineworkers 
who are confirmed to have contracted 
silicosis during their time working on the 
mines. In instances where these workers 
may have passed away, their 
dependants will receive a benefit. This 
settlement was endorsed by the courts 
during 2019.

Gold Fields provided an amount of 
R297m (US$21m) for its share of the 
settlement cost. An independent trust, 
the Tshiamiso Trust, was launched in 
January 2020 to commence the process 
of compensating qualifying beneficiaries.

During 2019, South Deep recorded 
20 employees with Cardio-Respiratory 
TB (CRTB), compared with 15 in 2018, 
while the CRTB rate regressed to 5.02 
per 1,000 employees from 3.23 in 2018. 
The increase was mainly due to the fact 
that certain employees, who had TB and 
were HIV/Aids positive, have now 
developed CRTB and Chronic 
Obstructive Airways Disease (COAD) as 
the impact of TB worsens. Four 
employees (three at South Deep and one 
in Tarkwa) were reported with COAD 
during 2019.

MENTAL WELLBEING OF 
EMPLOYEES IN AUSTRALIA
Fly-In, Fly-Out (FIFO) workers at 
Australian mining camps have been 
identified as being potentially at-risk for 
mental health issues. A particular 
challenge lies in the stigma attached to 
speaking up about mental health issues, 
which can prevent an individual from 
seeking help.

The programmes at our four Australian 
mines seek to address this challenge by 
encouraging employees to identify and 
assist colleagues who may be at risk. 
Our efforts this year included: 
•  “Mates in Mining” mental health and 

suicide prevention initiative. A number 
of employees were trained to identify 
mental health issues and facilitate early 
interventions — at our St Ives mine 
about 5% of employees volunteered 
for additional training 

•  Participation in the national “R U OK?” 

programme, which gives people 
practical tools to start a conversation 
with those who may be in crisis, which 
can facilitate timely interventions 
•  Mental health first-aid training for 
employees at our Gruyere mine

Australia also includes mental health in 
its business risk assessments to ensure 
adherence to controls designed to 
prevent and mitigate risks associated 
with mental health. 

Sampling at a TSF at our Granny Smith mine in Australia

65

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS Responsible stewardship 
of the environment

•  Environmental stewardship 
•  Energy management and climate change 
•  Water management 
•  Tailings and waste 
•  Mine closure 

p67
p69
p71
p72
p74

Employee overlooking an old pit at the Granny Smith mine in Australia

66

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP

Gold Fields is committed to responsible 
environmental stewardship, and we seek 
to improve those areas surrounding our 
operations and limit the impact on our 
host communities. To facilitate this, 
Gold Fields has four Group environment-
related policy statements – on 
environmental stewardship, climate 
change, materials and supply chain 
stewardship and water stewardship – 
and six guidelines on energy and carbon, 
water management, tailings 
management, integrated mine closure, 
biodiversity and environmental incident 
reporting. 

In our approach to environmental 
stewardship, we also consider external 

standards, as well as local legislation, 
supported by risk management, internal 
policies and strategic priorities. 
Additional local priorities are identified 
through stakeholder consultation. 

Except for Cerro Corona, which does not 
use cyanide, all our managed mines are 
certified in terms of the International 
Cyanide Management Code, which 
prescribes how to transport, store, treat, 
use and dispose of cyanide. Our 
operations are recertified every three 
years and identify and address potential 
gaps in advance. The Asanko mine is 
considering formal certification in 2020. 
All our mines, except Gruyere, are 
currently certified to the ISO 14001 

(2015) environmental management 
standard. Gruyere aims to be certified to 
the standard in 2020 after a successful 
readiness review in 2019.

A Group environmental, health and 
safety scorecard, which includes leading 
and lagging indicators common to the 
Group, was finalised in 2019. This 
scorecard, which will be customised by 
each mine during 2020, aims to further 
improve our performance in these areas 
at an operational level. 

For details of our environmental 
management approach, policies and 
guidelines go to www.goldfields.com/
sustainability.php. 

Group environmental performance

Environmental incidents (Level 3 and above)
Water withdrawal (Gℓ)1
Freshwater withdrawal (Gℓ)1
Water recycled/reused (% of total)
Electricity purchased (TWh)1
Diesel consumption (TJ)1
Scope 1-3 CO2 emissions (kt)2, 3
Mining waste and tailings (Mt)
Gross closure cost estimate (US$m)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

0
22.3
14.2
68
1.25
6,973
1,941
189
436

2
21.2 4
14.5
66
1.28
6,599
1,852
190
400

2
33.0
14.8
57
1.37
6,765
1,959
212
381

3
30.3
10.2
59
1.40
6,608
1,964
187
381

5
35.2

55
1.32
6,930
1,753
167
353

1 The numbers disclosed only include Gold Fields’ managed operations, as head offices are not considered material
2 The CO2 emission numbers include head offices and comprise Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
3  Scope 1 emissions are those arising directly from sources managed by the Company, Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions generated in the production of 

electricity used by the Company, Scope 3 emissions arise as a consequence of the activities of the Company

4 Significant drop due to the change in definition of water withdrawal to exclude diverted water

Environmental incidents
In 2019, for the first time, Gold Fields 
recorded no serious environmental 
incidents (Level 3, 4 or 5). While we have 
had no Level 4 or 5 incidents in over a 
decade, our Level 3 incidents have 
gradually declined over the years, and 
dropped from two incidents in 2018 to 
zero in 2019. No Level 3 to 5 incidents 
remain a key environmental target 
included in our Group Balanced 
Scorecard (BSC), and our mines have 
been making good progress with a 

renewed focus on environmental 
management, as well as greater 
integration of these issues into 
operational management and community 
engagement. 

A clear benefit of achieving zero Level 3 
to 5 incidents is improved relations with 
those communities adjacent to our 
operations. During 2019, our community 
grievances relating to the Cerro Corona 
mine in Peru and Damang mine in Ghana 
– where we had two Level 3 incidents in 
2018 – declined by 47% to 37 and 10% 
to 20, respectively.

Going forward, our focus remains on 
avoiding all Level 3 to 5 incidents and 
reducing Level 2 incidents to assist in 
preventing more serious damage. In 
comparison to 2018, we experienced a 
significant 46% decrease in Level 2 
environmental incidents to 37 during 
2019. Our Ghana mines made 
substantive progress in this area, 
particularly around blasting and vibration 
management. Of the 37 Level 2 
environmental incidents reported in 
2019, 95% were related to blasting and 
vibrations (23) and loss of containment 
or spillage (12) type incidents.

67

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP continued

Group environmental incidents1

Year

2015
2016
2017
2018

2019

Level 2 
incidents

Level 3 — 5 
incidents

67
131
83
68

37

5
3
2
2

0

1  Levels 1 and 2 involve minor incidents or 

non-conformances, with negligible or short-term 
limited impact. A Level 3 incident results in limited 
non-conformance or non-compliance that result in 
ongoing but limited environmental impact. Level 4 
and 5 incidents include major non-conformances 
or non-compliances, which could result in 
long-term environmental harm, with company or 
operation-threatening implications and potential 
damage to company reputation. Our operations 
also align with all regulatory environmental reporting 
requirements in their countries of operation

Conserving biodiversity
Our Group Biodiversity Guideline, 
updated in 2019, ensures that we 
address potentially adverse impacts on 
biodiversity on our mine properties 
through the application of mitigation 
measures and integrated land 
management practices.

We commit to contribute to the 
conservation of biodiversity, and 
specifically:
•  Neither mine or explore in World 

Heritage sites, and design and operate 
our mines in a manner which does not 
compromise the biodiversity value of 
any protected area

•  Achieving no net loss of biodiversity for 
all new projects or major expansions 
on existing sites

In achieving this, we will engage with 
stakeholders and consider climate 
change mitigation and adaptation or 
resilience efforts. The profile of 
biodiversity management within 
Gold Fields has increased materially now 
that we have received approval to 
construct a mine at Salares Norte in 
northern Chile. The environmental 
approval was, amongst others, 
dependent on our protection of the 
habitat of endangered Short-tailed 
Chinchilla found in the area. During 
2019, with the help of academic and 
government environmental experts, we 
continued improving the baseline 
information on the Chinchilla, and are 
preparing for the relocation of 
25 Chinchilla before construction begins 
on the project. 

Revegetation at a disused TSF at the Tarkwa mine in Ghana

68

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE

Energy management
Amid rising energy costs, the increasing 
depth of our underground mines and 
longer hauling distances at our open pits, 
our integrated energy and carbon 
management strategy focuses on 
ensuring security of supply, improving 
energy efficiencies and reducing the cost 
of energy while, at the same time, 
decarbonising our operations and building 
resilience against climate change.

Gold Fields’ total energy spend, which 
combines the Group’s electricity and fuel 
spend, accounts for a significant portion 
of our operating costs. During 2019, this 
amounted to 20%, down from 22% in 
2018, representing 17% of our All-in 
sustaining costs (AISC) (2018: 15%). 
Energy remains the second largest cost 
item in the Group after human resources 
costs.

Given the reliance of the Group’s 
operations on energy supply, in 2017 
we updated our 2013 strategy and set 
a number of aspirational goals for 2020, 
including: 
•  Ensure that energy security is not one 

of the top 10 Group risks 

•  Realising 5% – 10% energy savings off 
our annual energy plans each year 
•  Achieving 800kt CO2-e of cumulative 
carbon emission reductions between 
2017 and 2020, equivalent to a 
17% reduction in carbon emissions 
each year

Gold Fields has an energy and carbon 
management strategy supported by 
operational plans that are aligned to the 
global ISO 50001 energy management 
standard. The key pillars of these plans 
are to reduce the Company’s diesel 
usage by:
•  Switching from diesel-generated to 
cleaner gas-generated electricity
•  Increasing the use of renewables by 

our operations

•  Improving energy efficiencies
•  Rolling-out training and awareness 

programmes

By March 2020 our Cerro Corona, 
Damang and Tarkwa mines were certified 
to the ISO 50001 standard. We aim to 
have all our operations certifiable to the 
standard by 2020. This year, we will be 
updating our strategy with 2023 goals.

Over the years, we have worked to create 
energy independence for our mines. 
Supply from utility grids remained at about 

50% of our electricity consumption in 
2019, with four of our nine mines supplied 
through the grid – these are the energy 
intensive South Deep, St Ives, Cerro 
Corona and Asanko mines. The 
remainder have on-site power plants 
managed by independent power 
producers (IPPs), who have long-term 
supply agreements with the mines. This 
contrasts with the position in 2015 when 
all of our electricity was grid-based.

During 2019, Gold Fields further distanced 
itself from the use of carbon-intensive 
energy sources and, for the first time, 
started using renewable energy to power 
our mines. While renewable power 
accounted for only 1% of our energy mix 
in 2019, it is becoming increasingly 
important. With this in mind, we expect 
that by the end of 2020 renewable sources 
will supply about 10% of the energy 
requirements of our mines in Western 
Australia – 2% of the Group total. 

In August 2019, Agnew became the first 
mine in our portfolio to be supplemented 
with solar energy when it connected to 
an on-site 4MW solar farm. Five wind 
turbines, providing an additional 18MW, 
will be added to the system by mid-
2020, as will a 13MW battery energy 
storage system. By end-2020, Agnew 
will become one of the first gold mines in 
the world to receive over 50% of its 
energy requirements from renewable 
sources, with the remainder of its 
electricity needs being supplied by a gas 
plant. Granny Smith integrated 8MW of 
on-site solar energy into its power 
system in Q1 2020, alongside a 2MW 
battery energy storage systems and a 
gas power plant. 

In South Africa, we are engaging with 
government to develop a 40MW solar 
power plant at our South Deep mine, 
while our Ghanaian mines are set to 
complete assessments for solar and 
battery power this year. 

Gold Fields remains committed to 
its goal of 20% renewable energy 
generation over the life-of-mine at all new 
mines, including at its newly approved 
Salares Norte mine in Chile, which is 
planning to realise an initial 15% of 
electricity generated from solar 
photovoltaics (PV) when it becomes 
operational in 2023. 

Together with our 2019 IAR, we are 
publishing our second climate change 
report that is aligned with 
recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) Report. The report provides 
details on our climate change risks, 
opportunities, strategies, policies and 
performance trends. Our TCFD Report 
2019 can be accessed on our website 
at www.goldfields.com/integrated-
annual-reports.php.  

For more details on our energy 
management approach, policies and 
guidelines, visit www.goldfields.com/
energyandclimatechange.  

For more details on our regional energy 
and climate change developments and 
performances see our website at  
www.goldfields.com/sustainability.  

ENERGY PERFORMANCE
Total energy consumption increased by 
7% in 2019, with 56% of the total 
comprising haulage diesel, 36% 
electricity and other fuels 8%, compared 
with a 54%/32%/14% split in 2018. 
Diesel consumption was up by 3% amid 
higher tonnes mined at our open pit 
mines, particularly Cerro Corona and 
Tarkwa, and Gruyere coming on stream 
in H2 2019. 

Despite higher energy consumption in 
2019, overall energy spend was 
marginally lower at US$300m (2018: 
US$302m), while energy spend per 
ounce of gold produced decreased to 
US$134/oz (2018: US$146/oz). This was 
due to higher Group production and 
lower diesel costs, excluding the net 
realised gains of US$9m from our oil 
price hedges in 2019. Since June 2017, 
we have realised net gains of US$35m 
from these hedges and new contracts 
have been entered into until December 
2022.

In 2019, efficiency initiatives delivered 
405TJ of energy savings, which resulted 
in long-term cost savings of US$27m 

69

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE continued

(US$12/oz). Since the launch of our 
energy and carbon management 
strategy, Gold Fields has realised 
cumulative savings amounting to 
2,090TJ in energy (3% of energy 
consumption during this period), 
equivalent to US$119m in cost savings 
and avoiding 574t CO2-eq in carbon 
emissions (7% of carbon emissions 
during this period).

While energy efficiency initiatives have a 
dual benefit of improving energy 
productivity and reducing our carbon 
footprint, a number of our initiatives 
reduce our carbon footprint significantly 
without necessarily reducing our energy 
usage, such as fuel switching from diesel 
to gas. 

We continue to implement energy 
efficiency initiatives, including: 
•  Switch from diesel electricity to 

gas-generated and renewable energy

•  Process optimisations
•  Retrofitting old light fittings with LEDs
•  Optimising compressed air systems 
and new ventilation fans and controls

Climate change

In 2018, Gold Fields became the first 
South African mining company to 
endorse the recommendations of the 
Financial Services Board’s TCFD and, 
in 2019, we published our first TCFD 
Report. That report serves as our 
baseline to monitor our climate change 
performance and replaces our previous 
submissions to the CDP (formerly the 
Carbon Disclosure Project), while we 
continue to submit our CDP Water 
report. Our 2019 TCFD Report is being 
released in conjunction with this IAR.

In 2019, failure to implement climate 
adaptation measures is among 
Gold Fields’ top 10 Group risks. Every 
five years we review our vulnerability to 
climate change and update Group-wide 
strategies and programmes in response. 
The next review will take place in 2021.

Gold Fields’ climate change programme 
specifically focuses on the assessment 
and mitigation of climate change-related 
risks, including energy management 
programmes to reduce emissions, 
monitoring of regulatory changes, 
ensuring water security and increasing 
reuse and recycling of water (p71). 

70

•  Use of high precision drill rigs to 

minimise rework

•  Use of fuel additives and various 

business improvement initiatives that 
optimise equipment energy 
consumption

•  Use of larger trucks to move more 
material with better fuel efficiencies

Group energy consumption

Group energy spend and savings 
(US$m)

Year

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Total

Savings

311

289

258

302

300

30

11

22

29

29

0
4
2
1
1

,

113

7
9
1
4

,

0
3
9

,

6

6
9
6
1
1

,

118

1
7
9
4

,

8
0
6
6

,

8
7
1
2
1

,

111

2
0
3
5

,

5
6
7
6

,

8
2
6
1
1

,

100

9
2
9

,

4

9
9
5
6

,

8
9
4
2
1

,

94

0
3
4
5

,

3
7
9

,

6

Kℓ

TJ

15,000

12,000

9,000

6,000

3,000

0

2016

2015
2018
2017
■ Diesel
■ Electricity1 ■ Other fuels2
1Electricity includes direct electricity generated and indirect 
 electricity from the grid
2Other includes petrol, LPG and acetylene

2019

We integrate assessment of climate-
related risks and opportunities in project 
studies, operational and strategic 
planning. 

The Agnew and Granny Smith renewable 
energy plants will initially reduce our 
carbon footprint by about 50kt CO2-e 
per year.

The negative physical impacts of climate 
change are real and immediate, due to: 
•  The long-term risks posed by climate 
change to the Group’s operations and 
surrounding communities 

•  Increasing efforts to regulate carbon 
emissions in most of our jurisdictions 

•  Taxes on non-renewable energy 

consumption increasingly imposed by 
governments  

Group performance 
Our carbon emissions performance 
mirrors the energy usage trends at our 
operations. Total Scope 1 – 3 CO2-e 
emissions during 2019 amounted to 
1.94Mt, an increase from 1.85Mt in 
2018, reflecting the increased diesel  
consumption resulting from higher 
production levels, as well as the inclusion 
of Gruyere for the first time. 

We expect longer-term carbon emission 
reductions from the energy efficiency, 
fuel-switching and renewable energy 
projects we have in place at our mines. 

Emission intensity, which is measured 
using Scope 1 and 2 emissions only, 
was slightly lower at 0.64t CO2-e/oz in 
2019 from 0.66t CO2-e/oz in 2018 due 
to the higher gold production. In 2016, 
we set ourselves an aspirational target of 
reducing cumulative carbon emission by 
800kt CO2-e between 2017 and 2020. 
We reached 54% of these savings by 
end-2019 and are on track to achieve 
75% of this target by the end of 2020. 

Group scope 1 – 3 CO2-e emissions

Mt

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

5
7
.
1

3
4
.
0

9
7
.
0

3
5
.
0

6
9
.
1

5
4
.
0

7
9
.
0

4
5
.
0

6
9
.
1

9
4
.
0

8
8
.
0

9
5
.
0

2015

2016
■ Scope 1 ■ Scope 2 ■ Scope 3

2017

5
8
.
1

8
4
.
0

8
7
.
0

8
5
.
0

4
9
.
1

8
4
.
0

1
8
.
0

5
6
.
0

2018

2019

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019WATER MANAGEMENT 

Three of the regions in which we 
operate, South Africa, Australia and 
Peru, are considered water stressed. 
Climate change impacts our operations 
and communities in a number of ways 
– severe rainfall, shifts in rainfall patterns 
and prolonged droughts, among others 
– and responsible and effective water 
management is increasingly critical to 
Gold Fields.

Not only will water scarcity or excessive 
rainfall adversely impact operations, as 
water is a vital resource for our mining and 
ore processing activities, it is also an 
essential need for our host communities 
– particularly where agriculture is an 
important economic activity. Managing our 
impacts on water catchment areas – by 
ensuring that we do not denude the quality 
or reduce the volume of water in areas 
around out mines – is therefore key to 
maintaining our social licence to operate.

During 2019, we updated the Group 
Water Management Guideline by 
incorporating the commitments of the 
ICMM Water Stewardship position 
statement. In November 2019, the Board 
SHSD Committee approved a new Water 
Stewardship Policy Statement, which 
highlights our approach to water 
management and covers the following 
topics: 
•  Ensuring security of water supply to 

our operations without compromising 
access for other users or the 
environment

•  Regularly updating each operation’s 

long-term mitigation plans to address 
water security risks, including those 
related to climate change

•  Setting relevant water performance 

targets at each site, such as a 
reduction in freshwater use and 
maximising water recycling

•  Ensuring all employees have access to 

clean drinking water and gender-
appropriate sanitation and hygiene 
facilities at their workplace

•  Engaging proactively and inclusively 

with stakeholders, especially those in 
our host communities, who could 
influence or be affected by our water 
use and discharges

Building on this, in early 2020 we 
finalised our 2020 – 2025 Group Water 
Stewardship Strategy, which includes 
regional water strategies and three-year 
management plans. The strategy has 
three objectives.

Our first objective is to be a water 
efficient operator, which requires that we 
reduce our demand for freshwater from 
the catchment areas as much as 
possible due to the probability of water 
supply shortfalls and the communities’ 

water requirements. We set the following 
targets to manage our water usage 
effectively:
•  Reduce Group freshwater usage by an 

aspirational 3% – 5% per year by 
2023. We achieved this in 2019
•  Increase water recycling/fit-for-

purpose reuse to an aspirational 
70% by 2023. In both 2018 and 2019 
we achieved, above the ICMM 
recommendation of 60%

Secondly, our objective is to adopt a 
proactive and risk-based approach to 
water management. As such, we are 
embedding water planning into core 
operational management, empowering 
informed management decisions and 
aligning water risk with resourcing over 
the life of our operations. This objective 
aligns with other key initiatives, such as 
integrated mine closure and minimising 
long-term closure liabilities. 

Thirdly, we aim to work with stakeholders 
in the catchment area around our mines. 
This needs to be done with a focus on 
relevant key stakeholders and forums 
where collaborative water actions can be 
identified and realised. These 
approaches will be different in each 
region due to the nature of the 
community challenges and the local 
regulatory context. 

In the short-term, our water 
management strategic objectives for 
2020 comprise:
•  Maintaining security of supply
•  Effectively managing water at our 

operations

•  Applying transparent corporate water 

governance

•  Adopt catchment area approach to 

water management

•  Collaborating with stakeholders, 
particularly host communities, to 
achieve responsible and sustainable 
water use

•  Adopt a catchment approach to water 

management

GROUP PERFORMANCE 
During 2019, Gold Fields spent US$27m 
on water management and projects (2018: 
US$32m). At an operational level, we 
continue to invest in methods to improve 
our water management practices, 
including pollution prevention, recycling 
and water conservation initiatives. 

Predictive and dynamic water balances 
are in place at all operations, enabling 
us to account for water inputs and 
outputs. Water withdrawal1 across the 
Group increased to 22.3Gℓ in 2019, 
including a total of 14.2Gℓ relating to 
freshwater usage. This increase was 
mainly due to the commissioning of 
Gruyere in 2019. However, water used 

per tonne of ore processed continued 
its decline of the previous five years. Our 
total freshwater use reduced by 7.4% in 
2019, or 1,125Mℓ, which is significantly 
higher than the planned reduction of 
3%, or 415Mℓ. 

Furthermore, we have set a target to 
recycle or reuse at least 65% of the water 
we use in our processes. In 2019, water 
recycled2 or reused3 amounted to 
47.6Gℓ (2018: 41.4Gℓ), or 68%, which 
is also above the 60% benchmark of 
the ICMM. 

We benchmark water usage 
by participating in the CDP water 
disclosure programme, whose water 
score is an indicator of a company’s 
commitment to transparency around 
its water risks. Pleasingly, in 2019 
Gold Fields achieved an A- score in its 
water assessment, (one level below best 
performance) an improvement from the 
B- score achieved in 2018. 

For details of our water management 
approach, policies and guidelines, as 
well as our adoption of the ICMM Water 
Stewardship Position Statement, go to 
www.goldfields.com/sustainability.php.

Water withdrawal per tonne processed

7
0
.
1

9
8
.
0

6
9
.
0

4
6
.
0

9
5
.
0

Kℓ/t

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Water recycled/reused as percentage of total

5
5

9
5

7
5

6
6

8
6

%

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

1  Water withdrawal is the sum of all water drawn into 
Gold Fields’ operations from all sources (including 
surface water, ground water, rain water, water from 
another organisation or state/municipal provider) for 
any use at the mine

2  Recycled water is water/waste water that is treated 

before being reused

3  Reused water is water/waste water that is re-used 

without treatment at the same operation

71

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS TAILINGS AND WASTE

Tailings depositions were 20% higher in 
2019 than in 2018, amid generally higher 
production volumes, particularly at South 
Deep, and the commencement of mining 
at Gruyere. 

Industry response to recent TSF 
failures
The mining industry’s TSFs are in the 
spotlight following the catastrophic 
tailings failure at Vale’s Feijão iron ore 
mine in Brumadinho, Brazil, in January 
2019, which resulted in the deaths of 
270 people. This follows the 19 fatalities 
during the Samarco TSF failure in 2015, 
also in Brazil, and significant 
environmental damage as a result of 
the Mt Polley tailings dam collapse in 
Canada in 2014. 

After the Samarco incident, ICMM 
members developed a Tailings Position 
Statement in 2016 and approved a 
tailings aspirational goals roadmap in 
2018. Gold Fields’ Group Tailings 
Management Guidelines were aligned to 
the Position Statement in 2017 and 
strengthened with the inclusion of 
additional performance guidance and 
minimum assessment criteria in 2018. 

Subsequent to the Brumadinho tragedy, 
ICMM members, UN Environment and 
the UN Principles for Responsible 
Investment established an independent 
panel of experts to develop a new 
international standard for TSFs. A public 
consultation review period for the first 
draft of a new Global Tailings Standard 
(GTS) ended in December 2019. It is 
expected that the new GTS will be 
finalised during 2020. Upon release, 
Gold Fields will carry out gap analyses of 
current TSF governance and operating 
practices against the new standard, and 
then commence work on closing 
identified gaps, where feasible.

The Brumadinho tragedy also prompted 
the Church of England Pensions Board, 
along with other investors and UN 
Environment Programme, to submit a 
request to hundreds of global mining 
companies. Gold Fields’ extensive 
response to this information request 
can be found on our website at  
www.goldfields.com.

TSF governance and technical work
All Gold Fields’ active TSFs are subject 
to an independent, external audit every 
three years – or more frequently where 
required by local circumstances or 
regulations – as well as regular 
inspections and formal reviews by 
independent Engineers of Record 
(EoRs). The last external expert review 
was completed in 2017 and concluded 
that Gold Fields complied with the 
ICMM’s Position Statement and that its 
TSFs, which were well managed and 
designed, did not show any signs of 
instability.

Gold Fields has progressively been 
implementing several improvements 
identified by this review, including:
•  Consideration of international 

seismicity design requirements in all 
jurisdictions

•  Appointments of an EoR for all Gold 

Fields’-managed TSF

•  Undertaking or updating dam break 

assessments

•  Updating operating maintenance and 
surveillance manuals and emergency 
response plans

The next round of independent external 
audits commenced at the end of 2019 
and is due for completion by mid-2020. 
We have also embarked on a 
programme to further improve 
operational safety of our TSFs, including 
moving away from the construction of 
upstream facilities to centre-line or 
downstream designs, where practical, 
consideration of filtered and dry stacked 
tailings, as well as in-pit tailings disposal. 
These initiatives will also be the subject 
of work at the ICMM to improve critical 
TSF controls and reduce tailings water 
content. 

In line with this programme, we have 
implemented or are in the process 
of implementing the following actions at 
our operations: 
•  A new downstream TSF at Damang
•  The use of filtered and dry stacked 

tailings at the new Salares Norte mine

•  The increased use of in-pit tailings 
disposal in Australia (Agnew and 
St Ives)

•  Increased use of tailings for 

underground backfill at the South 
Deep, Granny Smith and St Ives 
operations

Process plant tailings deposited in 
tailings storage facilities (TSFs) represent 
a significant waste stream produced by 
mines. By responsibly managing these 
wastes, we minimise their environmental 
and potential social impacts and 
demonstrate our commitment to 
maintaining our social licence to operate. 

All operations have tailings management 
plans in place, including closure and 
post-closure management plans. After 
decommissioning, our TSFs are closed 
and rehabilitated in line with industry 
good practice. As at end-2019, our 11 
operations – including our three JV sites, 
being the Asanko gold mine (AGM) in 
Ghana, Gruyere in Australia and Far 
Southeast (FSE) in the Philippines – 
contained 34 TSFs, of which 12 were 
active. During 2019, we commissioned 
the TSF at the new Gruyere mine and 
decommissioned TSF 3 at the Tarkwa 
mine in Ghana. 

Of active TSFs, we have two in-pit TSFs 
(Agnew and St Ives), six downstream/
centre-line TSFs, and four upstream 
TSFs. 

Our mines in Australia and South Africa 
are located in relatively dry regions and 
limited amounts of supernatant water are 
stored in the facilities, significantly 
improving the overall stability of the 
facilities. In Ghana, Tarkwa’s and 
Damang’s TSFs are designed in 
accordance with industry best practice. 
We take extensive measures to confirm 
that the embankments remain stable 
throughout both the wet and dry 
seasons, and over the life of the facility. 

Gold Fields is working with Lepanto 
Mining, our majority partner in the FSE 
project, to enhance risk mitigating 
measures for the TSF used by Lepanto 
Mining for disposal from its nearby gold 
mine. Since this TSF is located in a 
region prone to high seismic activity and 
frequent typhoons, Gold Fields and 
Lepanto Mining commissioned external 
consultants to undertake detailed 
hydrological, seismic and geotechnical 
reviews in support of improving the 
overall risk profile of the TSF.

Our technical teams continue to work 
with Asanko Gold, who manages AGM, 
to further strengthen risk assessment 
and governance of the lined and 
downstream-raised TSF.

72

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019•  Improved governance over seepage 

•  Implementation of a new TSF incident 

control from TSFs through the 
installation of geomembrane liners. 
All our recently constructed TSFs are 
lined with either natural clay liners or 
geomembranes

In February 2019, the Gold Fields Board 
strengthened its oversight of the Group’s 
TSFs through the introduction of 
quarterly TSF management reports, 
progressive implementation of 
continuous environmental and 
geotechnical monitoring, and increased 
external and independent verification. 
The Chairperson of the Board Safety, 
Health and Sustainable Development 
Committee visited all managed TSFs 
during 2019 and reported his satisfaction 
with their management to the 
Committee. 

A new corporate position of Group Head 
of Tailings was also created and filled 
with a qualified and experienced 
geotechnical engineer.

The following activities are planned for 
2020, many of which commenced in 
2019:

Methods of tailings construction

reporting standard

•  Completion of the three-yearly 

independent external TSF audits
•  Gap assessment of current TSF 

operating and governance practices 
against the new GTS

•  Further rollout of real-time TSF 

geotechnical and environmental 
monitoring, including, for example, the 
use of the InSAR satellite scanning 
technology where practical

•  Finalisation and approval of a new 
TSF Management Policy and new 
TSF technical guidelines

Waste management
Group mining waste

Mt

200

150

100

50

0

1
7
1

0
3
1

8
4
1

9
4
1

1
4
1

7
3

9
3

1
4

1
4

8
4

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

■ Waste rock ■ Tailings

Total Group waste rock mined decreased 
5% in 2019, due to completion of the 
Gruyere mine construction and lower 
volumes from the Damang Reinvestment 
project. 

Gold Fields has set a target to maintain 
general landfill waste mass (non-
hazardous waste other than tailings and 
waste rock) at 2015 levels of 11.2Mt, by 
ensuring a reduction in the waste that 
reaches landfill through greater use of 
on-site waste separation and recycling. 
During 2019, however, the Group’s 
landfill waste rose to 12.8Mt from 9.0Mt 
in 2018 as gold production picked up. 
The disposal of hazardous waste 
declined from 1.5Mt in 2018 to 1.3Mt in 
2019, while the amount of metal and 
material recycled and reused dropped to 
13.8Mt (2018: 20.0Mt). Half of all 
hazardous and non-hazardous waste 
produced by our mines was recycled or 
reused, mostly by external service 
providers.

Upstream 

Supernatant pond

Downstream 

Supernatant pond

Embankment consisting 
mostly of tailings 
material

Tailings material

Starter dyke

Impervious layer

Embankment consisting 

mostly of fill material, 
such as rock  
and waste

Tailings material

Starter dyke

Source: Jon Engels www.tailings.info/disposal/conventional.htm

With a downstream TSF, a new embankment raise is constructed, mostly with fill materials, in the downstream slope of the previous 
raise. The crest of the embankment thereby moves “downstream” or away from the centre of the dam. In upstream TSFs, each new 
embankment raise is constructed partially on the embankment immediately below and partially on the consolidated tailings beach 
adjacent to the embankment. The crest of the embankment thereby moves “upstream”. The centre-line method is a combination of 
the upstream and downstream designs. When raised, material is placed on both the tailings and the existing embankment so the 
embankment crest is raised vertically. In-pit tailings disposal makes use of worked out open pits.

Backfilled tailings are stored underground in previous worked out voids. They are generally mixed with a binder, usually cement, and 
then pumped underground. Backfilling, where economically and technically viable has several advantages, including avoiding surface 
deposition, extraction of in situ pillars containing ore, improved underground support and reduced ventilation requirements because 
voids are filled.

73

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS TAILINGS AND WASTE continued

Mine closure 
Sustainable and integrated mine closure 
continues to be one of Gold Fields’ five 
key sustainability focus areas. We aim to 
reduce our environmental, community 
and social impacts, optimise our closure 
liabilities and, where possible, enhance 
asset values. All our mines have closure 
plans and closure cost estimates in 
place, which are reviewed and updated 
annually.  

The Group’s focus on progressive 
rehabilitation – the implementation of 
closure activities during the construction 
and operation of the mine – was further 
entrenched at our operations in 2019. 
Progressive rehabilitation presents many 
opportunities for mining operations, 
including strengthening relationships and 
credibility with regulators and 
stakeholders, reducing closure liabilities 
and achieving cost savings through: 
•  Utilising available equipment 
•  Eliminating the need for contractor 

mobilisation costs 

•  Utilising current resources, such as the 

environmental management team 

•  Potential tax savings 
•  Improving the rehabilitation knowledge 

base 

Progressive rehabilitation opportunities, 
as identified in our mine closure plans, 
were embedded into our mines’ 2019 
business plans. Gold Fields sets targets 
for operations to achieve at least 75% of 
the progressive rehabilitation plans in 
2019. Of our seven managed mines, 
excluding Gruyere, all managed to 
implement at least 78% of their plans 
with only South Deep, at 70%, falling 
short of target. In 2020 we aim to further 
intensify our progressive rehabilitation 
activities at our operations with more 
aggressive targets. 

All our operations updated their 2019 
closure cost estimates, which were 
externally assured. The funding methods 
used in each region to make provision 
for the mine closure cost estimates are: 
•  Peru – bank guarantees
•  Australia – existing cash and 

resources1

•  Ghana – reclamation security 

agreements and bonds underwritten 
by banks along with restricted cash 

•  South Africa – contributions into 
environmental trust funds and 
guarantees 

The total gross mine closure liability for 
Gold Fields increased by 9% to 
US$436m in 2019, in part due to the 
closure costs relating to our new 
renewable energy plants in Australia. 

A breakdown is provided in the table 
below:

Group 
closure 
estimates 
2019 (US$m)

Australia 
region1,2
West Africa 
region
Americas 
region3
South Africa 
region
Group total

2019

2018

198

106

87

46
436

178

100

79

42
400

1 Due to legislative changes introduced in Western 
Australia, there is no longer a legal obligation to 
have unconditional performance bonds in place for 
mine closure liabilities. Such liabilities for continuing 
operations are now self-funding. In addition, 
companies are now required to pay a levy to the 
state based on the total mine closure liability. This 
levy is 1% of the total liability per mine, paid 
annually. This levy goes into a state administered 
fund known as the Mine Rehabilitation Fund. 
Capital and interest from the fund will be used to 
rehabilitate legacy sites or sites that have 
prematurely closed or been abandoned

2 Includes 50% of the total Gruyere closure cost 

estimate

3 Includes Salares Norte project conceptual closure 

cost estimate

View of the TSF at the Cerro Corona mine in Peru

74

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019How we deliver 
value to our 
communities and 
governments

•  Government relations 
•  Shared value creation in our communities 
•  Human rights 

p76
p80
p86

Pupils at one of the schools we sponsor near our Damang mine in Ghana

75

PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS GOVERNMENT RELATIONS

As the issuers of mining licences, 
developers of policy and implementers of 
regulations, host governments are among 
Gold Fields’ most important stakeholders. 
This first and foremost requires full 
adherence to all relevant legislation, 
including the payment of taxes and other 
levies. We are committed to working with 
governments at national, regional and 
local levels to establish sound and 
transparent working relationships that 
benefit the countries and host 
communities. 

Gold Fields does not provide financial 
contributions to political parties and lobby 
groups unless explicitly approved by the 
Board of Directors in accordance with the 
Company’s Code of Conduct. No political 
donations were made during 2019. 

Gold Fields’ tax strategy is to proactively 
manage tax obligations in a transparent, 
responsible and sustainable manner, 
acknowledging the differing interests of 
all our stakeholders. Our full tax strategy 
and policy can be found at  
www.goldfields.com/integrated-
annual-reports.php.

Resource Nationalism
Many governments, particularly in 
developing countries, view the mining 
industry as an easy target for higher 
taxes and other fiscal and regulatory 
imposts, especially during tough 
economic times. In many of these 
jurisdictions, the legal and tax 
environments recently became less 
conducive to the long-term viability of 
the sector. 

Among the countries in which Gold Fields 
operates, and those who have 
significantly raised the imposts on the 
mining sector, South Africa stands out. 
Governments in our other operating 
jurisdictions – Peru, Chile, Australia and 
Ghana – regularly raise the rhetoric 
against the industry.

At Gold Fields, a strong social licence to 
operate is embedded in our societal value 
proposition and is a prerequisite for 
long-term value generation for 
governments and the communities living 
in close proximity to our mines.

Gold Fields, on its own and in 
conjunction with its peers, sought to 
address the trust gap that exists 
between government and miners in a 
number of ways, including the following:

76

•  Over the past three years, Gold Fields 
consistently created between US$2bn 
and US$3bn in total annual value for 
our wide range of stakeholders – 
accounting for around 90% of revenue 
on average (p08)

•  Gold Fields is actively promoting host 

community employment and 
procurement in an effort to strengthen 
its social licence to operate. In 2019, 
about 33% of our total value creation 
benefited host communities through 
these initiatives (p81)

•  We are working with international 

mining bodies, such as the ICMM, to 
promote industry-wide best practice 
and showcase the benefits that a 
responsible and fairly regulated industry 
can bring

During 2019, we conducted independent 
resource nationalism assessments in 
Ghana and Chile. These assessments 
provided insight into the political 
environment in these countries, as well 
as the likelihood of future fiscal and other 
regulatory actions against the mining 
sector. Most critically though, the 
assessments also provided valuable 
input on how to increase trust and 
confidence among governments and 
communities. Among the key proposals 
were:
•  Strengthened engagement with 

governments at all levels, as well as 
host communities

•  Continued roll-out of Shared Value 

projects that benefit host communities, 
in particular those that create jobs in 
these areas

•  Improved communication on the 

socio-economic benefits of mining for 
host countries and host communities 

Our regions have started acting on these 
recommendations and are seeking to 
work with our mining peers in these 
countries on enacting others.

AMERICAS REGION
Our engagement in Peru is focused at 
local, regional and national government 
levels to address operational, social and 
sustainability matters. A business-friendly 
national government is in power in Lima, 
and our engagement with the relevant 
departments is largely carried out via the 
National Chamber of Mines, Oil and 
Energy, especially on regulatory matters. 
Gold Fields Peru’s legal stability 
agreement, signed with the Peruvian 
government in 1997 to facilitate the 
build-up of our Cerro Corona mine, 

expired during 2017. Gold Fields is now 
subject to the same taxation regime as 
the rest of the mining sector in the 
country.

Despite the political uncertainty in Peru 
during 2019, such as the change in the 
presidency and the closing of parliament, 
overall we had good working relationships 
with various national ministries and have 
entered into a number of agreements. 
Traditionally, regional and local-level 
officials in the Cajamarca province, which 
is home to our Cerro Corona mine, have 
adopted anti-mining strategies and 
policies, reflecting wider public sentiment 
among communities. However, a more 
business-friendly government was elected 
in 2018, which has stressed the need to 
build trust between mines and 
communities. This made it easier for us to 
enter into five formal agreements with 
government entities to develop 
agricultural projects and combat violence 
against women in our communities, 
among other projects. 

In 2019, we also intensified our 
engagement activities following our 
tailings leak in December 2018, which 
received wide publicity in the Cajamarca 
province and led to protest action at the 
mine despite having a negligible impact 
on the environment. It has also expanded 
our area of influence to communities 
downstream of our mine, including the 
Bambamarca municipality. The extension 
of Cerro Corona’s life-of-mine to 2030 will 
also require more long-term community 
investment programmes and strategies. 
In the run-up to national and regional 
elections in 2020 and 2021, we expect 
anti-mining rhetoric among politicians to 
intensify.

AUSTRALIA REGION
The engagements in Australia are 
primarily focused at state and local 
government levels to address economic 
and sustainability matters. 

The Labour State Government in Western 
Australia is pursuing a broad-ranging 
legislative reform initiative aimed at 
improving regulation and regulatory 
practice to encourage investment in the 
region. A key component of this agenda 
is the proposed reform of environmental 
approvals in the mining sector, through 
the wholesale amendment of the 
Environmental Protection Act 1986. 
A discussion paper and exposure draft bill 
have been published, and are expected 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019to progress during 2020, with Gold Fields 
continuing to participate in the review 
process through the Chamber of Minerals 
and Energy (CME). 

The current framework for the protection 
of Aboriginal heritage in Western Australia 
is also the subject of a four-stage review 
and public consultation process, which is 
expected to result in the replacement of 
the existing Aboriginal Heritage Act. It is 
expected that this new legislation will 
result in a more efficient process for 
industry, while addressing key cultural 
requirements. Gold Fields has provided 
feedback to the first stage of this process.

The state government has also 
progressed a comprehensive reform of 
workplace safety laws, which are 
intended to replace the existing parallel 
regimes for general workplaces and mine 
sites with a single law, and specific 
regulations for general industry, mining 
and petroleum. One of the main features 
of the proposed new legislation is the 
introduction of two new offences of 
corporate manslaughter, carrying a 
maximum penalty of 20 years’ 
imprisonment for an individual and 
a fine of up to A$10m for a corporation. 
Gold Fields is participating in the public 
consultation process through the CME.  

On 1 January 2019, the Modern Slavery 
Act 2018 came into force, requiring 
companies with an annual turnover of 
A$100m to report on their actions to 
ensure transparency in their supply 
chains, including the steps they are taking 
against modern slavery. Gold Fields 
published a voluntary statement in 
February 2020 (providing its preliminary 
assessment of human rights risks in our 
supply chain) and is required to publish its 
official statement by June 2021. We have 
also provided our suppliers with a toolkit 
on the Act. 

WEST AFRICA REGION
In March 2016, Gold Fields Ghana 
entered into a Development Agreement 
(DA) with the government of Ghana for 
both the Tarkwa and Damang mines. The 
highlights of the agreement, which comes 
into effect if we spend US$500m at each 
of the two mines (over an 11-year period 
for Tarkwa and a nine-year period for 
Damang), include a reduction in 
the corporate tax rate from 35% to 32.5% 
and a sliding scale royalty tax based on 
the gold price. The US$1,384/oz average 
gold price our mines received during 

2019 attracted an average royalty of 
3.6% in terms of the formula. 

The DA does not apply to the Asanko 
Gold Mine (AGM), in which Gold Fields 
acquired a 45% stake during 2018. 
However, this transaction and our 
US$340m investment in Damang illustrate 
the confidence we have in Ghana’s fiscal 
and regulatory framework. 

Another commitment by Gold Fields was 
funding the construction of the 33km road 
between Tarkwa and Damang at a cost 
of US$27m. This project was handed 
over to the Ghana Highway Authority in 
July 2019 and brings numerous social 
and economic benefits to the estimated 
100,000 community members living near 
the road. Further projects in the area are 
under consideration.

The DA has cemented our status as one 
of the largest contributors to the country’s 
fiscus. In 2019, Gold Fields paid over 
US$116m in direct taxes, royalties and 
dividends to the government of Ghana 
(2018: US$90m). The government holds 
a 10% interest in the legal entities 
controlling our Tarkwa and Damang 
mines.

Ahead of national elections this year, we 
expect resource nationalism to feature in 
the rhetoric by political parties. We are 
working directly and through the Ghana 
Chamber of Mines to illustrate the benefit 
responsible mining brings to the country. 
The Chamber also continues to engage 
government on the proposed requirement 
to sell a portion of gold produced for local 
refining and value-addition purposes. 

SOUTH AFRICA
From a regulatory perspective, Gold 
Fields’ South Deep mine is guided 
primarily by the Mineral and Petroleum 
Resources Development Act (MPRDA). 
One of the key requirements of the 
MPRDA, which Gold Fields supports, is to 
facilitate meaningful and substantial 
participation of Historically Disadvantaged 
South Africans (HDSAs) in the mining 
industry. To provide guidance on this 
open-ended requirement, the Mining 
Charter, as drafted by the South African 
Department of Mineral Resources and 
Energy (DMRE), provides for a range of 
empowerment actions and community 
investment programmes with a corollary 
time frame. In terms of the Mining Charter, 
all mining rights holders are required to 
submit an annual compliance assessment 

to the DMRE on progress made against 
the annual targets in the Charter. Gold 
Fields continues to comply with this 
process. 

The DMRE published Mining Charter 3 in 
September 2018. The Minerals Council 
South Africa (MCSA), which represents 
the industry, considers most aspects of 
the Charter a framework within which the 
industry can live. There are, however, 
critical areas over which Gold Fields and 
the industry has very deep concerns, 
namely that the Charter does not fully 
recognise the black economic 
empowerment (BEE) ownership 
credentials of previous BEE transactions. 
This is also applicable to not only new 
mining right applications, but also 
in respect of mining right renewals and 
transfers of these rights. Such a 
requirement has a severely dampening 
effect of the attractiveness of South 
African mining in the eyes of investors and 
appears also a breach of the MPRDA, but 
also a court declaratory order, which 
supported the so-called “once 
empowered, always empowered” 
principle. During 2019, the DMRE was 
granted leave to appeal the declaratory 
order. 

The MCSA continues to engage with the 
DMRE to resolve the concerns around the 
Mining Charter 3, it has also filed an 
application in March 2019 for a judicial 
review and setting aside certain clauses 
of the Charter.

Gold Fields supports achieving a solution 
that is viable to support economic growth 
and transformation while, at the same 
time, fostering a sustainable mining 
industry in South Africa in which 
investment is encouraged and rewarded. 

While the renewal of South Deep’s mining 
licence is only due in 2040, we are 
concerned by the prospect of having to 
renegotiate our licence under completely 
different circumstances to those that 
prevailed when the licence was awarded 
in 2010. We believe that our current BEE 
ownership level of 35% meets the 
principles and spirit of the original Mining 
Charter, and has created the framework 
for the ongoing transformation of 
South Deep.

77

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS GOVERNMENT RELATIONS continued

SOUTH DEEP

Element

Description

Compliance target

Ownership

Representation of HDPs

26%

MC3 2019 SCORECARD

Year1 (2019) target

Five-year 

impleme-

ntation plan 

requirement

Gold Fields

Target

 target

Measure

Inclusive 
procurement

Inclusive procurement

Employment 
equity

Board

Executive management

Senior management

Middle management

Junior management

Employees with disabilities
Core and critical skills

Human 
resources 
development 
(HRD)2

Mine 
community 
development 
(MCD)

HRD expenditure as % of total annual 
leviable amount (excluding mandatory 
skills development levy)

Meaningful contribution towards MCD 
with bias towards mine communities 
both in terms of impact, and in 
keeping with the principles of the 
social licence to operate

70% of mining goods’ procurement 
spend must be on South African 
manufactured goods (60% local value 
= South African manufactured goods)

80% of service procurement spend 
must be sourced from South African 
based-companies

Research and development (R&D)

Sample analysis across the mining 
value chain
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
1.5% of all employees
HDPs represented in Core and 
Critical Skills pool
5% leviable amount

100% compliance with approved 
SLP, MCD commitments

Yes

N/A

Publish the SLP in two languages (dominant 

Yes

community language and English)

Mining Charter Scorecard
All mining rights holders in South Africa 
(including South Deep) are required to 
submit an annual compliance assessment 
to the DMRE on progress made against 
the annual targets in the Mining Charter.

Gold Fields reviewed its 2019 
performance against Mining Charter 3 
(MC3). South Deep’s 2019 scorecard, 
which is detailed on this page, illustrates 
Gold Fields’ achievements against the 
Charter. In aligning with MC3, South Deep 
conducted a gap analysis against the 
scorecard guidelines released by the 
DMRE in December 2018, though there 
are still some areas of uncertainty and 
ongoing consultations between the 
DMRE and the MCSA. 

As part of its obligations under its mining 
licence, South Deep also submits a 
five-year Social and Labour Plan (SLP). 
The SLP includes projects benefiting 
communities that are impacted by mining, 
both in host communities and labour-
sending areas. An SLP requires the 
mining industry to develop and implement 
comprehensive skills and human resource 
development (including employment 
equity plans and facilitated home 
ownership) and mine community 
development.

A draft SLP for the period 2018 to 2022 
was submitted to the DMRE in December 
2017 — and resubmitted in August 2018 
— and approved for implementation in 
2019. The SLP outlines future financial 
commitments of over R283m (US$20m), 
with the bulk of this — R258m (US$18m) 
— being dedicated to human resource 
development programmes, including 
learnerships, bursaries and skills 
development, for both the workforce and 
members of our host communities. Of the 
mine community development 
commitments, R17m (US$1.2m) is 
targeted at our host communities in 
Westonaria and R8m (US$0.6m) at 
communities in labour-sending areas, 
particularly the Eastern Cape.

The SLP is published on our website at 
https://www.goldfields.com/pdf/
operations/south-deep-spl/south-
deep-spl.pdf.

Housing and 
living 
conditions2

Improvement of the standard of 
housing and living conditions of mine 
employees

100% compliance with commitments 
per the H&LCS

N/A. H&LCS 

published in 

Q4 2019

1:1 person to 

room ratio

Implement all commitments per the H&LCS

78

BEE – Black Economic Empowerment
HDP – Historically Disadvantaged Person
H&LCS = Housing and Living Condition Standard

1  The column records the mining rights 

2  The element has not been assured externally

3  Only the number of Community Development 

holder’s performance against the Mining 

Charter scorecard targets

Commitments and its progress were externally 

assured

Yes

80%

The total mining goods procurement budget must be spent on South African manufactured goods 

produced by the following categories, per defined percentage:

10% (local 

content 

verification 

not required 

for years 1-3)

70%

70%

The total services budget must be spent on services supplied by following categories, per defined percentage:

Meaningful economic participation

Full shareholder rights

21% on HDSA-owned and controlled company

5% on women or youth-owned and controlled 

company

44% on BEE compliant company

50% by HDPs

15% by women-owned and controlled company

5% by youth-owned and controlled company

10% by BEE compliant company

Minimum of 70% of the total R&D budget to be 

spent on South African-based R&D entities

Utilise South African-based facilities or companies 

for the analysis of 100% of all mineral samples

Yes

67%

33%

67%

33%

41%

12%

58%

21%

66%

17%

0.7%

75%

50%

20%

50%

20%

60%

25%

60%

25%

70%

30%

1.5%

60%

Year1 (2019)

progress

100%

(R200,000)

100%

(29,611 samples)

35%

32%

2%

57%

42%

14%

0%

73%

67%

33%

67%

33%

31%

6%

52%

19%

71%

22%

0.4%

71%

Invest percentage of leviable amount as defined in 

The percentage of HRD spent against payroll is 

the HRD element in proportion to applicable 

currently at 6%. South Deep is in the process of 

demographics

reviewing its accounting and HRD systems to allow for 

more granular reporting as required by MC3.

Implement all approved commitments in the SLP3

Nine projects are included in the approved SLP. As at 

the reporting date, South Deep:

–  had commenced with the implementation of two 

projects, the Lima agricultural project in the Eastern 

Cape and an SMME hub in Westonaria

–  was in different implementation stages for five 

projects, given each of the project’s planning phase

–  had not commenced with the implementation of two 

projects.

In terms of the five year SLP, completion of the 

projects is due in 2022

The mine has a comprehensive housing strategy in 

place, which is currently being reviewed to ensure 

alignment with the H&LCS for the mining industry. 

The applicable ratio in high density accommodation 

was 1:1

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Element

Description

Compliance target

Ownership

Representation of HDPs

26%

Inclusive 

procurement

Inclusive procurement

70% of mining goods’ procurement 

spend must be on South African 

manufactured goods (60% local value 

= South African manufactured goods)

80% of service procurement spend 

must be sourced from South African 

based-companies

Research and development (R&D)

Sample analysis across the mining 

value chain

% Black persons

% Black women

% Black persons

% Black women

% Black persons

% Black women

% Black persons

% Black women

% Black persons

% Black women

Critical Skills pool

5% leviable amount

Employment 

Board

equity

Executive management

Senior management

Middle management

Junior management

Employees with disabilities

1.5% of all employees

Core and critical skills

HDPs represented in Core and 

Human 

resources 

HRD expenditure as % of total annual 

leviable amount (excluding mandatory 

development 

skills development levy)

(HRD)2

Mine 

community 

development 

(MCD)

Meaningful contribution towards MCD 

with bias towards mine communities 

100% compliance with approved 

SLP, MCD commitments

both in terms of impact, and in 

keeping with the principles of the 

social licence to operate

SOUTH DEEP

MC3 2019 SCORECARD

Five-year 
impleme-
ntation plan 
requirement

Year1 (2019) target

Target

Gold Fields
 target

Measure

Year1 (2019)
progress

80%

Yes

10% (local 
content 
verification 
not required 
for years 1-3)

70%

70%

Yes

Yes

57%

35%

32%
2%

Meaningful economic participation
Full shareholder rights
The total mining goods procurement budget must be spent on South African manufactured goods 
produced by the following categories, per defined percentage:
21% on HDSA-owned and controlled company
5% on women or youth-owned and controlled 
company
44% on BEE compliant company
The total services budget must be spent on services supplied by following categories, per defined percentage:
50% by HDPs
15% by women-owned and controlled company
5% by youth-owned and controlled company
10% by BEE compliant company
Minimum of 70% of the total R&D budget to be 
spent on South African-based R&D entities
Utilise South African-based facilities or companies 
for the analysis of 100% of all mineral samples
50%
20%
50%
20%
60%
25%
60%
25%
70%
30%
1.5%
60%

42%
14%
0%
73%
100%
(R200,000)
100%
(29,611 samples)
67%
33%
67%
33%
31%
6%
52%
19%
71%
22%
0.4%
71%

67%
33%
67%
33%
41%
12%
58%
21%
66%
17%
0.7%
75%

Invest percentage of leviable amount as defined in 
the HRD element in proportion to applicable 
demographics

N/A

Publish the SLP in two languages (dominant 
community language and English)
Implement all approved commitments in the SLP3

The percentage of HRD spent against payroll is 
currently at 6%. South Deep is in the process of 
reviewing its accounting and HRD systems to allow for 
more granular reporting as required by MC3.
Yes

Nine projects are included in the approved SLP. As at 
the reporting date, South Deep:
–  had commenced with the implementation of two 

projects, the Lima agricultural project in the Eastern 
Cape and an SMME hub in Westonaria

–  was in different implementation stages for five 

projects, given each of the project’s planning phase
–  had not commenced with the implementation of two 

projects.

In terms of the five year SLP, completion of the 
projects is due in 2022
The mine has a comprehensive housing strategy in 
place, which is currently being reviewed to ensure 
alignment with the H&LCS for the mining industry. 
The applicable ratio in high density accommodation 
was 1:1

Housing and 

Improvement of the standard of 

100% compliance with commitments 

living 

conditions2

employees

housing and living conditions of mine 

per the H&LCS

N/A. H&LCS 
published in 
Q4 2019

1:1 person to 
room ratio

Implement all commitments per the H&LCS

BEE – Black Economic Empowerment

HDP – Historically Disadvantaged Person

H&LCS = Housing and Living Condition Standard

1  The column records the mining rights 

2  The element has not been assured externally

3  Only the number of Community Development 

holder’s performance against the Mining 
Charter scorecard targets

Commitments and its progress were externally 
assured

79

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS SHARED VALUE CREATION IN OUR COMMUNITIES

Host communities are one of Gold Fields’ 
most important stakeholder groups – their 
support underpins our social licence to 
operate which, in turn, impacts our ability 
to generate sustainable value. Our Group 
Stakeholder Engagement and 
Relationship Policy Statement sets out 
our commitment to building positive 
relationships with our host communities 
through open, honest and transparent 
engagement. 

For details of our community relations 
and stakeholder engagement approach, 
policies and guidelines go to
www.goldfields.com/sustainability.php

Host communities are defined as those 
people who live within the vicinity of our 
operations, who have been or could be 
directly affected by our exploration, 
construction or operational activities, and 
have a reasonable expectation of the 
duties and obligations of the mining 
operator. Each of our operations 
identifies their host communities to 
secure both their legal mining and social 
licence to operate. 

At Gold Fields, a strong social licence to 
operate is embedded in our Group 
Societal Acceptance Charter and is a 
prerequisite for generating long-term 
value for stakeholders. This approach is 
underpinned by building strong 
relationships and trust, creating and 
sharing value, measuring our actions and 
input and delivering against our 
commitments.

SHARED VALUE CREATION IN OUR 
COMMUNITIES
We believe that by far the greatest 
socio-economic benefit our operations 
can have is to create value in the 
communities that they impact, by 
addressing their priority needs of:
•  Infrastructure, such as roads, 
healthcare and water facilities

•  Jobs, particularly for youth 
•  Skills and enterprise development
•  Environmental rehabilitation

We aim to maximise the positive 
economic benefits of mining on our host 
communities, while avoiding or minimising 
the negative impacts thereof. Our social 
investment initiatives are guided by the 
principle of Shared Value, whereby we 
address business and social needs in a 
manner that creates value for both 
communities and our mines.  

Our most critical Shared Value initiatives 
focuses on host community employment 
and host community procurement, as 
these support the economic development 
of communities and individuals, while also 
meeting our business needs. As miners, 
we can make a positive impact by 
localising procurement, creating jobs and 
upskilling workers. In addition, by using 
community investment spend to focus on 
social and economic development (SED), 
we can further address social needs in 
the regions where we operate as 
identified by the communities themselves. 

The diagram below provides details of the three community-focused levers available to us:

FOCUS ON VALUE CREATION IN HOST COMMUNITIES

Host community  
procurement creates 
community jobs and 
supply opportunities

•  Support areas where community suppliers can 

participate

•  Identify community suppliers with ability to 

supply the mine

•  Provide skills development to close capability 

gaps

Host community  
employment  
maximises local  
opportunities

•  Build skills base in community workforce 

through education, bursaries, etc

•  Make community the first option for hiring staff
•  Encourage contractors/suppliers to employ 

from the community

Community  
investment drives  
integrated  
development

•  Balanced across services (medical, education), 

enterprise development and infrastructure

•  Matched to capacity and development needs of 

communities

•  Shared Value projects benefit both communities 

and our mines

PROCUREMENT

EMPLOYMENT

SOCIAL 
INVESTMENT

80

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019 
 
 
MEASURING OUR IMPACT AND 
RELATIONSHIPS
We conduct independent assessments in 
our regions that measure the strength of 
our relationships with our host 
communities. 

Reflecting a positive upward trend in 
Company-community relationship at our 
operations, the headline findings of these 
assessments are reflected below. In 2020, 
we plan to commission independent 

assessments of our community support 
again in Ghana and South Africa.

We furthered our independent 
measurement of our social return on 
investment (SROI) and shared value 
created to identify those investments that 
strengthen our social licence to operate 
and to inform future investment. Using our 
Group SROI methodology, an analysis 
was conducted on selected projects in 
Ghana, while Peru will undertake an SROI 
analysis in 2020. 

Region

Description

Peru

Community acceptance improved from 5% in 2012, to 7% in 2014, 
to 32% in 2016, and to 48% in 2019

South Africa

Community support rose from 33% in 2015, to 52% in 2017, and 
(for three communities measured) to 62% in 2019

Ghana

Strong community support with a relationship index of 73% at 
Damang and 78% at Tarkwa in 2015

Measuring value creation
During 2018 and 2019, we enhanced our 
understanding of the value created 
through SED investments, host 
community employment and host 
community procurement by quantifying 
the impact thereof. In total, our analysis 
indicated that of the US$2.58bn in value 
created during 2019, US$782m – 33% 
– remained with our host communities as 
shown in the graph below. Comparatively, 
in 2018, US$687m, or 25%, of the 
US$2.71bn in total value creation 
remained with our host communities. 
In addition, we are creating non-mining 
jobs through our community investments, 
which are also listed in the graphic below.

The percentages of national value 
creation remaining with our host 
communities differ per region – these 
are detailed in the regional reports at 
www.goldfields.com/sustainability. 
In summary, during 2019, the value 
creation that remained with our host 
communities were:
•  Peru: 13% of US$295m 
•  Australia: 25% of US$984m
•  South Africa: 29% of US$286m 
•  West Africa: 51% of US$810m 

This, we believe, is significant and 
demonstrates that our mines are 
delivering ongoing economic benefit to 
the communities that host them. 

GOLD FIELDS HOST COMMUNITY VALUE CREATION

The value we created in our 
communities in 2019:

Benefits to host communities in 2019
•  US$782m in value creation through procurement, wages and SED spend,  

US$782m – 33% of total value creation

33% of total

•  676 host community suppliers
•  10,950 host community jobs in the mine value chain, comprising:
–  2,525 employees
–  6,744 contractors
–  1,177 suppliers1
–  504 non-mining jobs

1  Excluding Peru and Australia, who have not started to measure this yet

22

125

635

● SED investment
● Employee wages
● Host community procurement

81

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS SHARED VALUE CREATION IN OUR COMMUNITIES continued

Host community procurement 
Our host community procurement 
programme guides us as we support 
those areas in our operations’ 
procurement chains where community 
suppliers can participate. Host community 
procurement, if implemented effectively, 
holds benefits both for the communities in 
which we operate and for our mines 
themselves. This aligns with our focus on 
driving Shared Value. 

Benefits to the community:
•  Builds the capacity of local companies 
to take advantage of mining industry 
spend 

•  Provides employment and enhances 
the livelihoods of host communities 
through increased incomes 

•  Enhances the development of small 

and medium-scale business nodes in 
host communities 

•  Improves the skills of host community 
youths to meet the current and future 
skills needs of our mines

Benefits to Gold Fields:
•  Increases supply base and reduces 

risks related to supply of critical inputs 

•  Reduces inventory and, as such, the 

locking up of capital 

•  Reduces cost and lead time in 

procuring inputs 

•  Develops a pipeline of skilled personnel 

in host communities 

•  Secures and enhances our social 

licence to operate 

We have actively increased host 
community procurement since 2015 in 
Ghana, South Africa and Peru, and since 
2018 in Australia. Of our total procurement 
spend of US$1.74bn for 2019, 96% was 
spent by our mines on businesses based 
in countries where Gold Fields operates 
(2018: US$1.81bn/85%). US$635m, or 
34%, was spent on suppliers and 
contractors from our mines’ host 
communities (2018: US$441m/27%). 
We are committed to sustaining the 
impact we have made and building on our 
progress going forward. 

The table below outlines the progress made for both in-country and host community spend between 2015 and 2019:

Local and host community procurement 

Local 
(in-country)
procurement
2019 
(US$m)

Local (in-country) spend

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Host 
community 
procurement
2019 
(US$m)

Host community spend

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

209
823
136
633

1,802

96%
99%
100%
91%

96%

96%
99%
100%
86%

93%

90%
99%
100%
85%

94%

89%
99%
100%
79%

92%

87%
97%
100%
64%

85%

32
171
38
394

635

15%
21%
28%
56%

34%

16%
24%
29%
32%

27%

7%
79%
18%
13%

45%

8%
71%
14%
7%

38%

7%
66%
10%
9%

35%

Region

Peru
Australia1
South Africa2
West Africa

Group

1   Australia’s 2018 performance is based on its new host community definition which is aligned with the Group’s definition thereof, where communities are those living within 
an operation’s direct area of influence. Previous years’ numbers have not been restated. These numbers exclude the Perth office. Gruyere is included from commissioning 
in mid-2019

2  South Deep’s 2018 performance is based on its revised host community definition which is aligned with needs of the regulator, local government and community 

stakeholders, as well as with the Group’s guidance. Previous years’ numbers have not been restated

We seek to maintain the current levels of 
host community employment during 2020 
and beyond. Our management teams at 
the mines are incentivised to achieve 
long-term host community job creation 
targets.

In the table below, we set out the number 
of host community members – including 
both employees and contractors – 
working at each of Gold Fields’ regions in 
relation to our total workforce. 

The pillars of our host community 
procurement programmes are:
•  Increase procurement of goods and 

services from host community suppliers 
without compromising Gold Fields’ 
standards

•  Actively seek out host community 
entities and entrepreneurs that can 
supply directly to the mine or in an 
alliance with existing mine suppliers
•  Assist short-listed host community 
suppliers to meet Gold Fields’ 
procurement selection criteria
•  Leverage procurement from all 

suppliers in terms of host community 
job creation and/or community 
upliftment projects

•  Stimulate job creation in host 

community through the mine, its 
contractors and suppliers, and their 
suppliers, and non-mining sectors

Host community employment
We continue to prioritise the employment 
of host community members at our 
operations and encourage our 
contractors and suppliers to do the same. 
This is supported by education and skills 
development projects which build a local 
skills base.

In 2019, our operations set targets to 
increase their host community 
employment. At the end of 2019, 55% of 
our workforce, or 9,269 people, were 
employed from our host communities 
(2018: 56%/9,259 people, 2017: 
40%/7,516 people). The sharp increase 
during 2018 and 2019 reflects the 
prioritisation of host community 
employment by our Ghanaian operations 
and the expansion of the definition of our 
South Deep host community to reflect the 
2016 municipal boundary change. 

82

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Host community workforce1 employed from total workforce (%)

Region

Peru
Australia2
South Deep3
West Africa
Group

Host 
community 
workforce 
— 2019

842
616
2,590
5,221
9,269

2019

28%
23%
65%
72%
55%

2018

27%
29%
55%
73%
56%

2017

28%
29%
16%
68%
40%

2016

23%
95%
13%
72%
48%

2015

29%
90%
14%
67%
59%

1  Workforce comprises total employees and contractors. Host community employment data excludes our corporate and regional offices as well as projects
2  Australia’s 2017 and 2018 performances are based on its revised host community definition, which is aligned with the Group’s definition thereof, where communities are 
those living within an operations’ direct area of influence. Previous years’ numbers have not been restated. These numbers exclude the Perth head office. Gruyere is 
included from commissioning in mid-2019

3  South Deep’s 2018 performance is based on its revised host community definition which is aligned with needs of the regulator, local government and community 

stakeholders as well as with the Group’s guidance. Previous years’ numbers have not been restated

Job creation through socio-economic 
development projects
In 2019, we intensified our efforts to 
ensure that our SED projects – those 
focusing on infrastructure development, 
education and training, and economic 
diversification – grow and sustain 
non-mining jobs as well. We are starting 
to see traction in this initiative and, during 
the year, created 504 non-mining jobs for 
host community members, well over half 
of them in the agricultural sector. Due to 
their nature, many of these SED projects 
do not provide long-term solutions, 
however, they will create income and a 
measure of skills transfer as well.

The projects that created significant jobs 
included:
•  88 farming jobs at the Lima rural 

agricultural development projects in the 
Eastern Cape province of South Africa

•  24 farming jobs in communities 

surrounding our Cerro Corona mine in 
Peru

•  230 farming jobs in the Youth in 
Organic Horticulture Production 
(YouHoP) programme at our Damang 
and Tarkwa mines in Ghana

Host community jobs in the mine value chain

Employees

Contractors

Suppliers

Non-mining

Total

79 
 462 
496
1,488
2,525

763 
154
4,725
1,102
6,744

01
01
969
208
1,177

56 
0
303
145
504

898
616
6,493
2,943
10,950

Americas
Australia
Ghana
South Africa
Group

1 Not measured yet

Socio-economic development 
investments
We invested US$21.5m (2018: 
US$25.7m) in SED projects in our host 
communities during 2019. Our mines 
have dedicated SED investment funds 
delivered directly or through our trusts 
and foundation. The mines also work in 
partnership with governments and NGOs. 

During the year, we completed our largest 
Shared Value project to date, investing 
US$27m to rebuild and tar the 33km road 
between Tarkwa and Damang in West 
Africa. The road has significant socio-
economic benefits for the approximately 
100,000 community members living in the 
Tarkwa-Nsuaem and Prestea Huni-Valley 
municipalities. 

Our SROI analysis of this project indicates 
that the road will improve the 
transportation of people, goods and 
services, as well as boost economic 
activities in the area. At the same time, 
the road enables us to transport our 
employees between the mines safer and 
quicker. Ghanaian contractors employed 
53 members from the host communities 
during the construction of the road, which 
is now being managed and maintained by 
the Ghana Highway Authority.

Other significant Shared Value projects 
include our investment in water 
infrastructure and potable water provision 
in Hualgayoc near our Cerro Corona 
mine. This addresses one of the key 
needs of the community and, since we 
started operating in the area in 2006, we 
have provided the majority of community 
households in Hualgayoc with access to 
clean water.

83

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS SHARED VALUE CREATION IN OUR COMMUNITIES continued

Group SED by type 2019  

Group and regional SED spend

2%

10%

5%

19%

64%

● Infrastructure
● Education and training
● Health and wellbeing
● Economic diversification
● Conservation and environment

US$m

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

4
1
6
1

.

0
5
8

.

0
9

.

3

2
4
3

.

2
3
0

.

8
1

.

7
1

7
4
3 6
3

.

.

4

9
1

.

6

9
1
0

.

2016

2017

1
3

.

5
2

1
3

.

5
1

9
4
3

.

3
0

.

6

8
4
0

.

2018

5
3
1
2

.

6
9
2
1

.

8
8

.

2

1
3

.

4

9
1

.

1

2019

■ South Africa ■ West Africa ■ Americas ■ Australia ■ Group total

Working with Indigenous 
communities in Australia
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 
peoples are a key part of our host 
communities and important stakeholders 
for our four mines in Western Australia. 
This includes those groups who have 
been determined to hold (or are 
progressing claims in respect of) Native 
Title rights and interests over the areas on 
which our sites are located. Aboriginal 
and Torres Strait Islander Peoples are 
recognised as the traditional owners of 
the lands on which we operate.

In 2019, we commenced implementing a 
consolidated strategy for improving our 
engagement with our Aboriginal and 
Torres Straight Islander communities. 
This strategy is based on three key 
pillars: building trusted relationships, 
delivering benefits that have real impact, 
and demonstrating respect. 

Closely aligned with these pillars are the 
elements of a Reconciliation Action Plan 
(RAP). Developed by Reconciliation 
Australia (an independent, not-for-profit 
organisation), a RAP provides a structured 
framework through which organisations 
can support the national reconciliation 
movement by developing respectful 
relationships and create meaningful 
opportunities with Aboriginal and Torres 
Strait Islander Peoples.

We developed our first “Reflect” RAP 
during the year as a way to implement our 
overarching strategy for the region. This 
document outlines action plans with clear 
objectives and detailed deliverables. 
These actions will be implemented 
throughout 2020 and 2021. 

Our first formal Native Title Agreement in 
the Australia region is with the Yilka 

84

People at our Gruyere mine. As part of 
the agreement, we provide the Yilka 
People with various benefits, including 
employment and contracting 
opportunities. At present, 25 members of 
the local community work at Gruyere, 
either directly or for our contractors, 
which has exceeded initial expectations. 

Native Title claims have either been 
determined or lodged over the whole or 
significant part of the lands on which our 
mines are located, most recently in the 
area of our Granny Smith mine. Our 
approach is to focus on heritage 
management and supporting the local 
community, pending establishment of 
more formal engagements consistent with 
our RAP obligations. 

Managing artisanal and small-scale 
mining in Ghana
Artisanal and small-scale mining (ASM) is 
present at and around our Damang and 
Tarkwa mines, though the number of 
ASM miners is small. ASM largely 
subsided during 2019, aided by 
government action against illegal mining. 
Gold Fields manages these activities 
through an ASM strategy, which includes 
patrolling of active mining areas, 
consulting with affected stakeholders, 
particularly traditional leaders, negotiating 
evictions and, as necessary, prosecuting 
of offenders. 

ASM poses a potentially greater risk in a 
pre-election and high gold price 
environment. It also comes with significant 
human rights risks – including human 
trafficking and the use of children to mine, 
health and safety risks relating to pit 
cave-ins, landslides and flooding, and 
water pollution from mercury, cyanide and 
siltation which impact downstream 

communities and the surrounding 
environment. 

Given the changing context, we revised 
our ASM strategy during the year. Three 
key focus areas in the updated strategy 
include a more proactive engagement 
with community stakeholder groups, 
supporting the creation of non-mining 
jobs which provide community members 
with alternative opportunities, and 
updating our protection services practice 
to better identify and manage the 
infiltration of ASM miners. Our protection 
services are aligned to the Voluntary 
Principles on Security and Human Rights 
(VPSHR).

Grievance mechanisms to resolve 
issues raised by communities
It is important that we have a clear view 
of any issues raised by our communities 
and, therefore, community grievance 
management is a key aspect of our 
community relations programme. All of 
our operations have established grievance 
mechanisms in place that allow us to 
handle and resolve the grievances that 
arise in relation to our activities. The 
mechanisms encourage and enable 
community members to raise complaints 
with us, and obligates our mines to 
address these grievances within a 
specified period. Where necessary, we 
use members from our local communities 
to act as mediators should our teams not 
be able to resolve the issue raised. 

During 2019, our operations dealt with 
77 grievances (2018: 127) lodged by our 
communities, of which 11 were related to 
jobs and procurement, 47 social, and 
19 environmental grievances. We resolved 
56 of these grievances, and are still 
dealing with the remaining 21. 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019Gold Fields Integrated 

Annual Report 2019

Processing plant at our Tarkwa mine in Ghana

85

PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS HUMAN RIGHTS

Gold Fields is committed to upholding 
and protecting the human rights of our 
people and members of our host 
communities. We recognise that our 
mining activities have the potential to 
impact the human rights of these 
important stakeholder groups. 

Our Human Rights Policy Statement 
(www.goldfields.com/policies.php), 
which is embedded in our Code of 
Conduct, applies to all directors, 
employees and third parties (including, 
among others, suppliers and contractors). 
The Code of Conduct can be found on 
our website at www.goldfields.com/
code-of-conduct.php. 

Under the Human Rights Policy 
Statement, Gold Fields commits to, 
among others: 
•  Not interfering with or curtailing others’ 

enjoyment of their human rights 

•  Defending, where possible, employees 
and external Gold Fields stakeholders, 
such as community members, against 
human rights abuses by third parties 
•  Taking positive action to facilitate the 

entrenchment and enable the 
enjoyment of human rights 

A Human Rights Steering Committee 
oversees the work by the various 
disciplines and regions, and feedback is 
provided to the Board’s Social Ethics and 
Transformation (SET) Committee on a 
quarterly basis. 

The Human Rights Policy Statement is 
informed by and supports various 
international standards. These include the 
UN Guiding Principles on Business and 
Human Rights, the conventions of the 
International Labour Organisation, the 
United Nations Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights, the VPSHR, and the 
ICMM Principles on Human Rights. 

During the year, the ICMM developed 
Performance Expectations (PEs), which 
are now included in the requirements for 
member companies. They introduce a set 
of internationally recognised, stakeholder-
supported, measurable health, safety, 
environmental and social requirements 
that can be validated at site level. Group 
and site conformance with each PE must 
be self-assessed by December 2021, and 
audit results publicly disclosed from 2022. 
A corporate desktop review of the PEs in 
2018 found that there was broad 

86

alignment within Gold Fields, with gaps 
identified in human rights due diligence 
and water stewardship. Processes have 
been put in place to close the gaps 
identified.

SALIENT HUMAN RIGHTS ISSUES 
During 2018, we identified salient human 
rights issues at a Group level. These are 
defined by the UN Guiding Principles as 
those issues that have the most severe 
negative impacts as a result of the 
Company’s activities or business 
relationships. The salient human rights 
issues for our business are as follows:

1.  Health and safety: Occupational 
incident or exposure leading to 
physical and/or psychological harm 
and/or Illness

2.  Human resources: The impact of our 
working environment, policies and 
procedures on employees and 
contractors

3.  Water: The loss of containment and 
the subsequent impact on water 
quality released into the environment

4.  Public and private security: Abuse of 
power by public or private security

5.  Transportation: Transport incidents 

involving hazardous substances and/
or people

6.  Mine closure: The ineffective, 

incomplete or failed implementation 
of mine closure plans

7.  Resettlement: Land acquisition, 
economic compensation and 
community resettlement 

8.  Breaches by suppliers/contractors: 

Breaches of human rights by suppliers, 
contractors and other business 
partners in our supply chain

In 2019, the Group salient issues were 
cascaded to our regions who used the 
same risk analysis method to identify the 
causes, consequences, preventative 
controls, and mitigation and damage 
controls for each of the abovementioned 
issues. 

Details of our human rights issues are on 
our website at www.goldfields.com/. 

No material gaps were identified at a 
regional level for any of the eight salient 
human rights issues. However, we 

continue to monitor the efficacy of 
mitigation controls, conduct training on 
human rights for employees and 
suppliers, and use our grievance 
mechanisms (p87) to identify and speedily 
resolve issues raised by host community 
members. 

WORKFORCE RIGHTS 
Our Human Rights Policy Statement 
protects the rights of our workforce and 
upholds freedom from child labour, 
freedom from forced or compulsory 
labour, freedom from discrimination (while 
recognising the need to affirm previously 
disadvantaged groups), and freedom of 
association and collective bargaining. 

Internal grievance mechanisms are in 
place to ensure employees and 
contractors can raise human rights 
concerns. These grievances are handled 
by the Gold Fields Human Resources 
function in consultation with legal teams. 
Employees can also raise concerns via 
independent counsellors as part of the 
Gold Fields Employee Assistance 
Programme, and make use of Gold 
Fields’ confidential, third-party 
whistleblowing hotline. During the year, 
three grievances were raised by 
employees regarding harassment and 
sexual harassment, two of which are 
undergoing a legal process. 

Performance in 2019
•  The Diversity Policy, approved by the 
Board in 2017, informed the diversity 
and inclusion strategy launched in 
2019, which outlines our commitment 
to equality and the zero tolerance 
approach we take to discrimination 

•  A Sexual Harassment Policy was 

approved 

•  Code of Conduct training, rolled out to 
all employees in 2017, was updated 
during the year and employees will 
receive refresher training, including on 
human rights, during 2020

SUPPLIERS 
Our suppliers are required to comply with 
the Group Code of Conduct, the Gold 
Fields Supplier Code of Conduct and our 
Human Rights Policy Statement – this 
requirement is a standard provision in all 
third-party contractual agreements.

An external third-party screening system 
evaluates new and existing suppliers and 
contractors on a monthly basis for an 

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019SECURITY 
Gold Fields’ protection services teams 
work with both private and public security 
providers for the effective and responsible 
protection of workers and assets. All 
private security contractors receive 
human rights training during the induction 
process, and at least annually thereafter, 
including on the VPSHR. During the year, 
all aspects of alignment with the VPSHR 
were completed or are in progress. 
Security is managed at regional level, 
because each region has its own specific 
context.

Performance in 2019
•  We reviewed private sector security 

providers’ contracts to ensure they are 
aligned to the VPSHR 

•  We updated our Human Rights Policy 
Statement to reference our support for 
the VPSHR 

•  Cerro Corona used an independent 
contractor to carry out a detailed 
assessment of its human rights risks 
and implementation requirements, with 
particular reference to the VPSHR. 

GRIEVANCE MECHANISMS 
We are committed to addressing 
community issues and concerns 
timeously and effectively. Therefore, we 
rely on a grievance reporting system to 
maintain confidence and transparent 
communication with our stakeholders. 

Our grievance mechanism enables and 
encourages community members to 
freely put forward their complaints, while 
obligating our mines to address the 
grievances within an agreed period, 
before the grievance is escalated to 
independent mediation. 

Performance in 2019
•  Our operations self-assessed their 
grievance management practices 
against criteria such as the UN Guiding 
Principles on Business and Human 
Rights

•  Our mines worked to close their first 
order grievances in a short period – 
these are grievances that should be 
resolved with the complainant before 
they are escalated

•  We saw a 39% decline in grievances 

during the year, which we believe may 
be driven by the fact that we did not 
have any Level 3 to 5 environmental 
incidents in 2019. While we cannot 
claim a direct correlation between the 
two, evidence suggests that 
environmental incidents lead to an 
increase in grievances, particularly 
given the importance of water to many 
of our host communities

array of pre-defined risk categories, 
including human rights and related 
violations and/or transgressions. Risk 
profiles for active external suppliers and 
contractors with post-screen alerts are 
then established and mitigation actions 
put in place. 

Gold Fields is committed to responsible 
materials stewardship. In this context, we 
support global efforts to prevent the use 
of newly mined gold to finance conflict. 
We have voluntarily adopted the Conflict-
Free Gold Standard of the World Gold 
Council (WGC). The standard is applied at 
all relevant locations through assurance 
audits. Although we withdrew our WGC 
membership in 2014, we have and will 
continue to apply both the standard and 
its guidelines. 

Further information is available at  
www.goldfields.com/ sustainability-
reporting.php. 

Performance in 2019
•  In response to the 2018 implementation 
of the Modern Slavery Act in Australia, 
Gold Fields and a number of its industry 
peers worked with the Walk Free 
Foundation, an NGO, to promote 
human rights best practices and 
eliminate modern slavery in its supply 
chain. Key suppliers to our mines were 
provided with a toolkit to identify 
possible human rights contraventions. 
Where required, Gold Fields will provide 
support to its suppliers to address 
contraventions. Blocking a supplier 
would only be considered as a last 
resort

Ore conveyor belt at our Gruyere mine in Australia

87

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019PERFORMANCE AGAINST MATERIAL MATTERS Internal and external assurance is provided 
over selected sustainability information 
contained in the Integrated Annual Report 

Assurance

•  First party: Internal audit statement 
•  Independent assurance statement to the Board of Directors  

p89

and stakeholders of Gold Fields Limited – Sustainability Information 

p90

•  Independent assurance statement to the Board of Directors  
and stakeholders of Gold Fields Limited – South African  
Mining Charter 

•  Administration and corporate information 

p93
IBC

Wind turbine powering our Agnew mine in Australia

88

FIRST PARTY: INTERNAL AUDIT STATEMENT 

Gold Fields Internal Audit (GFIA) provides independent assurance on the effectiveness of the governance, risk management and 
control processes within Gold Fields to the Group Audit Committee.

The internal audit activities performed during the year were identified through a combination of the Gold Fields risk management 
and combined assurance framework, as well as the risk-based methodology adopted by GFIA. Internal Audit complies with the 
Institute of Internal Auditors’ International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing, in the execution of its 
assurance function. Furthermore, GFIA operates a quality assurance programme that involves performing detailed quality review 
assessments.

Annually, the risk-based annual audit plan is approved by the Audit Committee. The internal audit activities are executed by a team 
of appropriately qualified and experienced internal auditors, or through the engagement of external practitioners on specified and 
agreed terms. The Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit has a functional reporting line to the Audit Committee, to which 
quarterly feedback is provided.

Based on the work performed by GFIA during the year, the Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit has presented the 
Audit Committee with an assessment on the effectiveness of the Company’s governance, risk management and system of internal 
control. It is GFIA’s opinion that the governance, risk management and internal control environment are effective within the 
Gold Fields business and provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of Gold Fields will be achieved. This GFIA assessment 
forms one of the basis for the Audit Committee’s recommendation in this regard to the Board.

Shyam Jagwanth
Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit

Johannesburg, South Africa

30 March 2020

89

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ASSURANCEINDEPENDENT ASSURANCE STATEMENT TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF GOLD FIELDS 
LIMITED – SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd (ERM) was engaged by Gold Fields to provide assurance in relation to selected sustainability 
information set out below and presented in Gold Fields’ 2019 Integrated Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2019 
(‘the Report’).

Engagement summary

Engagement scope 
(subject matters):

1.  Whether the 2019 data, for the period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019, for the selected 

performance indicators listed in Table 1 overleaf, are fairly presented, in all material respects, with 
the reporting criteria.

2.  Whether the Directors’ statement in the “About this Report” section of the Report that Gold Fields 

has complied with the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, Principles, Position Statements 
and reporting requirements is, in all material respects, fairly stated.

For environmental, health and safety and social KPIs:
•  GRI Standards (‘Core’ in-accordance option) and the GRI’s Mining and Metals Sector Disclosure 

(2013)

Reporting criteria:

•  Gold Fields GRI Standards Sustainability Reporting Guideline, V21 (November 2019)
•  Gold Fields Group Health and Safety Reporting Guideline, V6 (January 2019)
•  International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) Sustainable Development Framework Reporting 

Requirements (2008)

Assurance 
standard used:

ERM CVS’ assurance methodology based on the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 
ISAE 3000 (Revised) and ISAE 3410 (for GHG Statements)

Assurance level:

Reasonable assurance for all Subject Matters

Respective 
responsibilities:

Gold Fields is responsible for preparing the Report, including the collection and presentation of the 
selected sustainability information within it, in accordance with the reporting criteria, the design, 
implementation and maintenance of related internal controls, and for the integrity of its website. 
ERM’s responsibility is to provide an opinion on the selected information based on the evidence we 
have obtained and exercising our professional judgement.

OUR ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES  
We planned and performed our work to 
obtain all the information and 
explanations that we believe were 
necessary to reduce the risk of material 
misstatement to low and therefore 
provide a basis for our assurance 
opinion. Using the ICMM Sustainable 
Development Framework: Assurance 
Procedure (2008) as a guide, a 
multi-disciplinary team of sustainability 
and assurance specialists performed 
the assurance activities, including, 
among others:
•  Reviewing external media reporting 

relating to Gold Fields, peer company 
annual reports and industry standards 
to identify issues relevant to the 
assurance scope in the reporting 
period.

•  Interviews with relevant corporate 

level staff to understand Gold Fields’ 
sustainability strategy, policies and 
management systems, including 
stakeholder engagement and 
materiality assessment.

•  Interviews with a selection of staff 
and management, including senior 
executives, to gain an understanding 
of:
•  The status of implementation of the 
ICMM Sustainable Development 
Principles in Gold Fields’ strategy 
and policies; and

•  Gold Fields’ identification and 
management of sustainable 
development risks and 
opportunities as determined 
through its review of the business 
and the views and expectations of 
its stakeholders.

•  Reviewing supporting evidence 
related to external stakeholder 
engagement on material issues facing 
the business.

•  Reviewing policies and procedures 

and assessing alignment with ICMM’s 
10 Sustainable Development 
Principles and other mandatory 
requirements set out in the ICMM’s 
Position Statements in effect as at 
31 December 2019.

•  Testing the processes and systems, 
including internal controls, used to 
generate, consolidate and report the 
selected sustainability information.

•  Reviewing the suitability of the 

internal reporting guidelines, including 
conversion factors used. 

•  Physical visits to interview responsible 
staff and verify source data and other 
evidence at the following sites: 
–  South Deep, South Africa
–  Tarkwa, Ghana
–  St Ives, Australia

•  Virtual reviews to verify source data 

for the following sites:
–  Damang, Ghana
–  Agnew, Australia
–  Granny Smith, Australia
–  Gruyere, Australia 
–  Cerro Corona, Peru

•  An analytical review of the year-end 
data submitted by the sites listed 
above, and testing of the accuracy 
and completeness of the 
consolidated 2019 Group data for 
the selected KPIs.

90

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019•  Reviewing the presentation of 

information relevant to the scope of 
our work in the Report to ensure 
consistency with our findings. 

to achieve this integrity, and in 
particular, whether any changes may 
have occurred to the information since 
it was first published.

management and internal control 
environment for these indicators to 
facilitate future assurance.

•  In relation to the reported energy 

OUR ASSURANCE OPINION
In our opinion:
•  The selected sustainability 

performance information set out in 
Table 1 for the year ended 
31 December 2019 is prepared, in all 
material respects, in accordance with 
the Gold Fields reporting criteria; and

•  The Directors’ statement in the 

“About this Report” section of the 
Report that Gold Fields has complied 
with the ICMM Sustainable 
Development Framework, Principles, 
Position Statements and reporting 
requirements is, in all material 
respects, fairly stated.

THE LIMITATIONS OF OUR 
ENGAGEMENT
The reliability of the assured data is 
subject to inherent uncertainties given 
the methods for determining, calculating 
or estimating the underlying information. 
It is important to understand our 
assurance opinions in this context. 
Our independent assurance statement 
provides no assurance on the 
maintenance and integrity of the Gold 
Fields’ website, including controls used 

OUR OBSERVATIONS
We have provided Gold Fields with a 
separate detailed management report. 
Without affecting the opinion presented 
above, we have the following 
observations:  
•  There have been improvements in the 

Company’s determination and 
reporting of material issues, notably 
the establishment of a Materiality 
Assessment Steering Committee and 
prioritisation of material issues based 
on their importance to the Company 
as well as to stakeholders. We 
recommend diversifying external 
stakeholder engagement to further 
strengthen the materiality process, 
as well as using the outputs to inform 
the Company’s strategy.

•  Due to weaknesses in documentation 
and in the control environment at the 
Gruyere operation (which was 
operational since May 2019) relating 
to total water consumed and total 
energy consumed, we undertook 
additional substantive procedures 
to verify these indicators. We 
recommend improving the data 

saving initiatives across the Group, 
we undertook additional procedures 
to verify the savings for certain 
initiatives across the West African, 
South African and Australian 
operations. We recommend refresher 
training across the operations on the 
measurement, verification and 
reporting requirements for this 
indicator in order to reduce the risk 
of material misstatement as well as 
assurance effort. 

•  Following a recommendation in last 
year’s Assurance Statement for the 
Australia region to formalise the 
process for consolidating and 
reporting socio-economic 
development spend, ERM did 
observe improvements in the data 
management process for this 
indicator at certain operations. 
We encourage Gold Fields to extend 
these efforts to all Australian 
operations, as well as other social 
performance data (host community 
workforce employment). 

Donald Gibson 
Partner 

27 March 2020 

Jennifer Iansen-Rogers
Review Partner, ERM CVS, London

27 March 2020

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg, South Africa

www.erm.com 

Email: donald.gibson@erm.com 

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd and ERM Certification and Verification Services (CVS) are members of the ERM Group. Our work complies with the requirements of 
ERM’s Global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (available at https://erm.com/global-code). Further, ERM CVS is accredited by the United Kingdom Accreditation 
Service and its operating system is designed to comply with ISO 17021:2011. Our assurance processes are designed and implemented to ensure that the work 
we undertake with clients is free from bias and conflict of interest (refer to both the abovementioned Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the ERM CVS 
Independence and Impartiality Policy available at http://www.ermcvs.com/our-services/policies/independence/). The ERM and ERM CVS staff that have undertaken 
work on this assurance engagement provide no consultancy related services to Gold Fields in any respect related to the subject matter assured.

91

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ASSURANCEASSURED SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Table 1. Data for selected sustainability performance indicators for the 2019 reporting year presented for reasonable 
assurance in accordance with the reporting criteria. 

Parameter

Unit

Gold Fields reported 2019 data

Environment
Total CO2 equivalent emissions, Scope 1 to 3
Electricity purchased
Diesel
Total energy consumed
Total water consumed (withdrawal – discharge)
Total water recycled/re‐used per annum
Number of environmental incidents – Level 3 and above
Total CO2e emissions avoided from initiatives
Total energy saved from initiatives

Health
Number of cases of Silicosis reported
Number of cases of Noise Induced Hearing Loss reported
Cardio Respiratory (Tuberculosis)

Chronic Obstructive Airways Disease (COAD)
Number of cases of Malaria tested positive per annum 
(employees only)
Number of South African employees in the HAART programme 
(cumulative)
Number of West African employees in the HAART programme 
(cumulative)
Percentage of South African workforce on the voluntary 
counselling and testing (VCT) programme
Percentage of West African workforce on the voluntary 
counselling and testing (VCT) programme

Safety
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) — Employees, 
Contractors, total

Tonnes
MWh
Kl
GJ
Ml
Ml
Number of incidents
tCO2e saved
GJ saved

Number of cases
Number of cases
Number of new cases
reported
Number of cases

Number of positive cases

Number of employees

Number of employees

Percentage of workforce

Percentage of workforce

Number of TRIs/
hours worked

Serious Injuries: 
As per Gold Fields Group Health and Safety Reporting 
requirements
Serious Injuries: 
As per the South African Department of Mineral Resources and 
Energy requirements (applicable to South Deep Mine only)
Safety Engagement Index Rate

Number of injuries

Number of injuries

Number of engagements/
hours worked

Near miss incidents

Number of incidents

1,941,389
1,253,338
189,721
12,497,608
19,709
47,604
0
144,254
404,602

5
6

20
4

187

204

10

81

58

Employees: 2.83
(44 TRIs/15,568,023 hours worked)
Contractors: 1.88
(60 TRIs/31,833,493 hours worked)
Total: 2.19
(104 TRIs/47,401,516 hours worked)

4 (including 2 at South Deep)

10
4.11
(194,922 safety
engagements/47,401,516 hours
worked)
436

Social
Total socio-economic development (SED) spend
Percentage of host community workforce employment

Percentage of host community procurement spend

US$
%

%

21,545,593.46
55

34

92

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE STATEMENT TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF GOLD FIELDS 
LIMITED – SOUTH AFRICAN MINING CHARTER

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd (ERM) was engaged by Gold Fields to provide assurance in relation to selected Mining Charter 
information set out below and presented in Gold Fields’ 2019 Integrated Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2019 
(‘the Report’) for the South Deep Joint Venture.

Engagement summary

Engagement scope 
(subject matters):

1.  Whether the 2019 data, for the period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019, for the selected 

Mining Charter performance indicators listed in Table 2 overleaf, are fairly presented, in all material 
respects, with the reporting criteria.

•  Gold Fields Limited South Deep Gold Mine Non-Financial Data Assurance Reporting Guidelines, 

V5 (January 2020)

•  Gold Fields Limited South Deep Gold Mine Procurement Mining Charter 2018 Reporting Guideline, 

Reporting criteria:

V0 (November 2019)

•  Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter (BBSEEC) for the South African Mining and 

Minerals Industry (2018) and the related scorecard (2018)

•  Implementation Guidelines for the BBSEEC for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (2018)

Assurance 
standard used:

ERM CVS’ assurance methodology based on the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 
ISAE 3000 (Revised)

Assurance level:

Reasonable assurance for all Subject Matters

Respective 
responsibilities:

Gold Fields is responsible for preparing the Report, including the collection and presentation of the 
selected sustainability information within it, in accordance with the reporting criteria, the design, 
implementation and maintenance of related internal controls, and for the integrity of its website. 
ERM’s responsibility is to provide an opinion on the selected information based on the evidence we 
have obtained and exercising our professional judgement.

OUR ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES 
We planned and performed our work 
to obtain all the information and 
explanations that we believe were 
necessary to reduce the risk of material 
misstatement to low and therefore 
provide a basis for our assurance 
opinion. A multi-disciplinary team of 
sustainability, Mining Charter and 
assurance specialists performed the 
assurance activities, including, among 
others:
•  Testing the processes and systems, 
including internal controls, used to 
generate, consolidate and report the 
selected Mining Charter information.

•  A review of the suitability of the 

internal Mining Charter reporting 
guidelines. 

•  Physical visits to the South Deep 

Mine, South Africa, to verify source 
data and other evidence. 

•  An analytical review of the year-end 
data submitted by South Deep, 
including testing of the accuracy and 
completeness of the consolidated 
2019 data for the selected 
performance indicators.

•  A review of the presentation of 

information relevant to the scope of 
our work in the Report to ensure 
consistency with our findings.

OUR ASSURANCE OPINION
In our opinion, the selected Mining 
Charter performance information set out 
in Table 2 for the year ended 
31 December 2019 is prepared, in all 
material respects, in accordance with 
the reporting criteria. 

OUR OBSERVATIONS
We have provided Gold Fields with a 
separate detailed management report. 
Without affecting the opinion presented 
above, we have the following 
observations: 
•  We recommend giving attention to 

the consistency of the KPI definitions 
for the demographic, essential-skills 
and core skills related indicators, and 
ensuring these definitions and 
reporting requirements are aligned to 
Mining Charter (2018) requirements. 
•  The site has made considerable effort 
during the transition period to adapt 
to the reporting requirements of the 
Mining Charter (2018), particularly for 
procurement subject matters.

93

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ASSURANCEINDEPENDENT ASSURANCE STATEMENT TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF GOLD FIELDS 
LIMITED – SOUTH AFRICAN MINING CHARTER continued

THE LIMITATIONS OF OUR ENGAGEMENT
The reliability of the assured data is subject to inherent uncertainties given the methods for determining, calculating or estimating 
the underlying information. It is important to understand our assurance opinions in this context. Our independent assurance 
statement provides no assurance on the maintenance and integrity of the Gold Fields’ website, including controls used to achieve 
this integrity, and in particular, whether any changes may have occurred to the information since it was first published.

Donald Gibson 
Partner 

27 March 2020 

Jennifer Iansen-Rogers
Review Partner, ERM CVS, London

27 March 2020

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg, South Africa

www.erm.com 

Email: donald.gibson@erm.com 

ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd and ERM Certification and Verification Services (CVS) are members of the ERM Group. Our work complies with the requirements of 
ERM’s Global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (available at https://erm.com/global-code). Further, ERM CVS is accredited by the United Kingdom Accreditation 
Service and its operating system is designed to comply with ISO 17021:2011. Our assurance processes are designed and implemented to ensure that the work we 
undertake with clients is free from bias and conflict of interest (refer to both the above mentioned Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the ERM CVS 
Independence and Impartiality Policy available at http://www.ermcvs.com/our-services/policies/independence/). The ERM and ERM CVS staff that have undertaken 
work on this assurance engagement provide no consultancy related services to Gold Fields in any respect related to the subject matter assured.

94

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ASSURED SOUTH AFRICAN MINING CHARTER 
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Table 2. Selected South African Mining Charter performance indicators for the 2019 reporting year presented for 
reasonable assurance in accordance with reporting criteria. 

Parameter

Mine Community Development

Unit

Gold Fields reported 
2019 data

% implementation of Mine Community Development Target in 
approved and published SLP (“Table S”1)

# of projects

9
Progress to date Progress per project verified

Employment Equity

HDSAs2 in management (in proportion to applicable demographics) made up of:
Board: 50% black persons with exercisable voting rights, of which 
20% must be black women

Executive/top management: 50% black persons of which 15% must 
be black women

Senior: 50% black persons of which 15% must be black women

Middle: 60% black persons of which 20% must be black women

Junior: 70% black persons of which 25% must be black women

Employees with disabilities: 1.5% as a percentage of all employees
Core/critical skills: 50% black persons

Inclusive procurement

Board: % black persons
Board: % black women
Board: % black persons
Board: % black women
Board: % black persons
Board: % black women
Board: % black persons
Board: % black women
Board: % black persons
Board: % black women
Disabilities: %
Core skills: %

67%
33%
67%
33%
31%
6%
52%
19%
71%
22%
0.39%
71%

Mining goods 
70% of procurement spend on goods (excluding non-discretionary spend) must be on South African manufactured goods, 
proportioned as follows regarding the manufacturing entity:

21% by HDPs3 owned and controlled company

5% by women or by young owned and controlled company

44% by BEE4-compliant company

% procured from HDPs 
owned and controlled 
company
% women or by young 
owned and controlled 
company
% procured from BEE- 
compliant company

32%

2%

57%

95

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ASSURANCEASSURED SOUTH AFRICAN MINING CHARTER 
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS continued

Parameter

Unit

Gold Fields reported 
2019 data

Mining services
80% of procurement spend on services (excluding non-discretionary spend) must be sourced from South African companies, 
proportioned as follows:

50% on HDPs owned and controlled company

15% on women owned and controlled company

5% on youth

10% on BEE-compliant company

Research and development

Research and development budget spent of which 70% must be 
spent on South African-based research and development

% discretionary spend 
on HDPs owned and
 controlled company
% discretionary spend 
 on women owned and 
controlled company
% discretionary spend 
 on youth
% discretionary spend on 
BEE-compliant company

R-value of spend
% of spend on research 
and development entities

Processing of Samples

Mineral sampling to be done by South African-based companies 
(Target of 100%)

Number of samples
 analysed

% analysed by South 
African-based companies

1 As per the Implementation Guidelines for the BBSEEC for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (2018)
2 Historically Disadvantaged South African
3 Historically Disadvantaged Persons
4 Black Economic Empowerment

42%

14%

0%

73%

R200,000.00

100%

29,611

100%

96

Gold Fields Integrated Annual Report2019ADMINISTRATION AND CORPORATE INFORMATION

COMPANY SECRETARY 
Taryn Harmse 
Tel: +27 11 562 9719
Mobile: +27 86 720 2704 
e-mail: taryn.harmse@goldfields.com 

REGISTERED OFFICE
Johannesburg 
Gold Fields Limited 
150 Helen Road 
Sandown 
Sandton 
2196 

Postnet Suite 252 
Private Bag X30500 
Houghton 
2041 
Tel: +27 11 562 9700 
Fax: +27 11 562 9829 

OFFICE OF THE UNITED KINGDOM 
SECRETARIES 
London 
St James’s Corporate Services Limited 
Suite 31, Second Floor
107 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6DN
United Kingdom 
Tel: +44 20 7796 8644
Fax: +44 20 7796 8645
e-mail: general@corpserv.co.uk

AMERICAN DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS TRANSFER 
AGENT 
Shareholder correspondence should be mailed to:
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
PO Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842–3170

Overnight correspondence should be sent to:
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, TX 77845
e-mail: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com

Phone numbers
Tel: 888 269 2377 Domestic
Tel: 201 680 6825 Foreign

SPONSOR 
J.P. Morgan Equities South Africa Proprietary Limited

Gold Fields Limited 
Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa 
Registration number 1968/004880/06 
Share code: GFI 
Issuer code: GOGOF 
ISIN – ZAE 000018123

INVESTOR ENQUIRIES
Avishkar Nagaser
Tel: +27 11 562 9775
Mobile: +27 82 312 8692
e-mail: avishkar.nagaser@goldfields.com

Thomas Mengel
Tel: +27 11 562 9849
Mobile: +27 72 493 5170
e-mail: thomas.mengel@goldfields.com

MEDIA ENQUIRIES 
Sven Lunsche
Tel: +27 11 562 9763 
Mobile: +27 83 260 9279 
e-mail: sven.lunsche@goldfields.com 

TRANSFER SECRETARIES 
South Africa 
Computershare Investor Services Proprietary Limited 
Rosebank Towers
15 Biermann Avenue
Rosebank
Johannesburg
2196
Private Bag X9000 
Saxonwold
2132
Tel: +27 11 370 5000 
Fax: +27 11 688 5248 

United Kingdom 
Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU
England
Tel: 0871 664 0300 
Calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone company’s 
access charge.
If you are outside the United Kingdom,
please call +44 371 664 0300.
Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the 
applicable international rate.
The helpline is open between 9:00am – 5:30pm. Monday to 
Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
e-mail: shareholderenquires@linkgroup.co.uk

Website
WWW.GOLDFIELDS.COM

Listings
JSE/NYSE: GFI
SIX: GOLI

CA Carolus° (Chair) RP Menell° (Deputy Chair) NJ Holland*• (Chief Executive Officer) PA Schmidt• (Chief Financial Officer)
A Andani#° PJ Bacchus° TP Goodlace° C Lettonˆ° P Mahanyele-Dabengwa* SP Reidˆ° YGH Suleman° 
ˆ Australian * British # Ghanaian 
° Independent Director • Non-independent Director

G

o

l

d

F

i

e

l

d

s

I

n

t

e

g

r

a

t

e

d

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

www.goldfields.com